Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Online Programs
01/2014
Table of Contents
Mission
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 4 5 7
. . . . . . . .
Degree Programs .
BUSINE S S IN T E L L IGE NC E C OMP U T E R A NIM AT ION .
. Master of Science Degree Program .
. . .
. . .
. . . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
General Information
IN T E R NE T M A R K E T ING
. . Master of Science Degree Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. . .
284
285 287 289 290 291 293 294 295 296 296 303 303 305
2
8 18 30 42 51 63 75 84 91 10 3 115 12 6 13 6 14 5
15 8 16 8 18 1 18 9 201
A DM IS SIONS
F IN A NC I A L A ID
C A R E E R DE V E L OP M E N T T UI T ION BR E A K DO W N
GE NE R A L IN F OR M AT ION 209 221 233 2 41 251 263 275 279 282 283 A DM INIS T R AT ION .
. . .
M USIC BUSINE S S
NE W M E DI A JOU R N A L ISM
Master of Arts Degree Program
. .
GAME ART
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
P UBL IC R E L AT IONS
G A M E DE SIGN
SP OR T S M A R K E T ING & M E DI A
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program Graduate Certificate Graduate Certificate
GR A P HIC DE SIGN
. . . . . . Bachelor of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program Master of Science Degree Program
W E B DE SIGN & DE V E L OP M E N T
P OL IC IE S & P ROC E DU R E S
DEGR E E P ROGR A MS ON C A M P US
Introduction
MISSION
People from around the world come to Full Sail to pursue their educational goals, and they share one thing in common a passion for creative careers in the entertainment and media industry. Full Sails mission is to provide students with an innovative style of education, delivered by a staff of dedicated individuals, that addresses the career opportunities available in an ever-growing, constantly evolving industry. We do this by developing unique curricula that combine elements of creativity, art, business and life skills, technical prowess, and academic achievement. Our education is delivered via immersive teaching methods, both in Full Sails real-world production studios and classrooms, as well as through our online learning environment. Every one of our degree programs is designed to provide students with knowledge and real-world experience that will help them realize their career goals in the entertainment and media industry.
I NT RODUC T I ON
Mission
Introduction
EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY
Empower our students through an active relationship with the entertainment and media industry
Full Sail is dedicated to serving the needs and careers of our students and graduates by actively engaging the companies that make up the entertainment and media industry, both in the United States and around the world. At Full Sail, every degree program goes through ongoing assessment and evolution, ensuring that students receive an education that is current and relevant. This is accomplished through industry feedback and insight, and the specic guidance of groups of entertainment and media professionals who make up Program Advisory Committees for each of our degrees. In addition, our commitment to a close relationship with the industry allows employers to easily recruit qualied talent, and also allows our Career Development Department to promote our graduates to the widest possible audience.
Connect students with educators and industry guests who inspire and challenge
The core of Full Sail is our staff, many of whom bring years of industry credentials and educational experience to our campus. Because many of our educators and guests are active in the professional community through conventions, industry afliations, and professional projects, they are able to inspire students with current knowledge that speaks to how entertainment and media companies create exceptional professional product.
I NT RODUC T I ON
Eductional Philosophy
History
SOME HIGHL IGH T S
Since Full Sails inception in 1979, over 34,000 graduates have prepared for careers in the entertainment and media industry. The following features some of the highlights of Full Sails history as well as that of our graduates. In 1980, Full Sail moved from its original home in Dayton, Ohio to Orlando, Florida. During the six years that followed, new audio courses were added to the original recording arts offering until, in 1986, the Recording Arts Comprehensive Program was introduced. In 1988, a new curriculum with a focus on the visual arts was born the Video and Film Production Comprehensive Program. In July 1989, Full Sail moved into its current home in Winter Park, Florida (a suburb of Orlando) which has since expanded into a 110+ studio multimedia campus. August 1990 marked a milestone in history when Full Sail received accreditation allowing students to earn Specialized Associate Degrees upon successful completion of the curricula in the Recording Arts and/or Film and Video Production Programs. A third Specialized Associate Degree in Digital Media was launched in March 1995 this addition marked Full Sails entrance into training for the vast, emerging eld of interactive media. March 1998 witnessed the introduction of the Game Design Specialized Associate Degree as well as the Show Production & Touring Specialized Associate Degree. In January of that same year, Full Sail achieved additional accreditation and licensing enabling students to earn Associate of Science Degrees in Recording Arts, Film and Video Production, and Digital Media.
1991 1980 Moved to Orlando, Florida 1989 Full Sail moves into its current home in Winter Park, Florida 1994
Our
GRAMMY
WINNING
Graduate
First
1996 1997
8 Graduate credits
Top Grossing Film of All Time OSCAR Winner for Best Picture
Titanic
1996 Full Sail earns the Florida-based Educational Award for Most Innovative Program as well as Educator of the Year
3 Graduate credits on
1995
Graduate credit on
OSCAR Winner for Best Picture
Braveheart
EST.
1979
Nirvanas Nevermind
#1 Album (Billboard 200)
Graduate credit on
1996
Graduate credits on
Top Grossing World Tour 96
Reunion Tour
Kiss
1989-1991 For three years in succession, Full Sail wins the prestigious TEC Award ( Technical Excellence and Creativity) for Best Recording School/Program, presented annually by Mix Magazine 1995 1990 1998
1987
Graduate credit on
Graduate credit on
Graduate credit on
WINNING
Graduate
Most Outstanding Technical Team
EMMY
I NT RODUC T I ON
Our History
TODAY
2014
Throughout the world, Full Sail graduates are employed in music recording, lm production, video production, animation, sound design, web development, concert sound, concert lighting, postproduction, game design, music, interactive title development, graphic design, virtual reality and simulation, entertainment companies, and worldwide corporations. Hundreds of media businesses have been built and GRAMMY, Emmy, Addy, and Recording Industry Association of America (Gold and Platinum Records) awards have been earned by numerous alumni. In addition, 2005 marked the rst graduate to ever be nominated for an OSCAR.
2005
OSCAR Nomination
2005
First Graduate
2007 Full Sails redesigned website receives multiple nominations in the Webby Awards for Best Home/ Welcome Page and Best Website - School
2008 Full Sail University named School/College of the Year by the Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools & Colleges (FAPSC)
2007
2002
Graduate credit on
Saw 2,3,4
Graduate Directs
2005
2009 Full Sail University celebrates its 30th Anniversary & inaugural Hall of Fame Inductees
Graduate credit on
2003
2005
nominated projects
111
2006
I NT RODUC T I ON
Our History
Degree
Programs
DE GRE E P ROGRAM S 7
The explosive growth of data from the Bachelor of Science Degree Program Internet, social networks, business networks, as well as the evolution of data management systems, has given businesses, government and other organizations the tools to amass a wealth of information about the individuals and entities they engage with in a wide variety of transactions. Organizations are now recognizing the value this ocean of data represents. This awareness has fueled the need for professionals that can mine it, analyze it, and turn it into effective strategic and operational actions. In Full Sail Universitys Business Intelligence master of science degree program, youll learn how to collect, manage, mine, analyze, interpret, and create visual representations of Big Data using a variety of tools and technologies. Youll examine topics including data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies,
Business
Areas of Focus
Foundations of Business Fine Arts Intelligence Modeling BI Technologies Animation BI Analytics Effects Personal Development Final Project/ & Leadership Demo Reel Creation Skills
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
ING
Areas of Focus
BI systems
data management
REPORTING
TOOLS
core
B U S INES S
use BUSINESS
core
processes
technologies
PROCESSING INTELLIGENCEsystems REPORTING MINING online data TOOLS transactional data warehouse PROCESSING
systems
BI
transactional
online
BI
PROJECTS
MINING
technologies ing
BUSINESS FOUNDATIONS process OF online online DATADATA set PREDICTIVE data EVALUATION transactional ANALYTIC BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE analysis ANALYTIC processing modeling EVALUATION warehouse PROCESSING
MINING
online data
core
processes
DATA online
set
processing
project
Creating effective business intelligence solutions relies on a data scientists foundational knowledge of the core concepts, processes, and tools of business intelligence. In the Business Intelligence program, youll be introduced to the core business processes as well as the network, online, data management and reporting tools that represent the building blocks management of BI systems. Upon completion of the program students will have a thorough understanding of the TOOLS key components needed to construct an effective business intelligence infrastructure.
data
REPORTING
sys
SS ent
ion INFERENCE
skills statistical
listening
active
listening
active
BI TECHNOLOGIES modeling
process analysis
MANAGEMENT
REPORTING
management
project
ANALYTIC management
MANAGEMENT
processing technologies intelligence technologies are key building PROJECTS REPORTINGBusiness blocks of a BI solution. In the Business Intelligence
masters program youll acquire an understanding of management data management technologies, with an emphasis REPORTING on thePREDICTIVE design and creation of a data warehouse. Your courses will teach you the practical planning and management of data warehouse projects, including architecture and physical design. Youll explore BI systems architecture and the operational dimensions of BI technology, including database implementation administration, data warehousing, and data mining. You will also examine the role of transactional databases and online transactional processing, and learn common business intelligence tasks including reporting, performance monitoring, and forecasting. PROCESSING
management
MIN
NESS LIGENCE
PERSUASIVE
skills
implementation
listening
active
project
MANAGEMENT statistical
ATIONS OF SS INTELLIGENCE
core
B U S INES S
INFERENCE
data management
REPORTING
TOOLS
processes
DATA
ment
NOLOGIES RTING
technologies
management
BI systems
systems PERSUASIVE
BI
modeling
p ana
data
skills
PROCESS managament
|
liste
acti
warehouse
PROJECTS
MINING
data
transactional
online
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
ment
TA
gies
warehouse
PROJECTS
al
process analysis
data
ANALYTIC
PREDICTIVE
online
MINING
data
transactional FOUNDATIONS OF
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
online
core
B U SIN ESS
PROCESSING
DATA
ANALYTIC BI TECHNOLOGIES
NCE
modeling
process processing
EVALUATION
set
processes
IVE
implementation
project systemsactive
BI
analysis
online
processing
management
technologies
management
data management
REPORTING data
data
Extracting meaningful information from an organizations data management system is a critical step in supporting decision-making within the world of business intelligence. Your lessons in the Business TOOLS Intelligence masters program will cover topics including statistical inference, decision-making under uncertainty, predictive modeling, and modeling of random processes. Assignments emphasize the role of business process analysis and critical thinking in project-planning situations.
BI systems
MANAGEMENT listening
statistical REPORTING
INFERENCE
warehouse
PROJECTS
MINING
data
online
PERSUASIVE
skills
Throughout the program, youll learn how PREDICTIVE warehouse technologies such as data warehouses, data
MINING analysis modeling PROJECTS cubes, data marts, and online analytic processing
PROCESS modeling managament
(OLAP) are used to access, analyze, and distribute information. Youll also develop an understanding of basic statistical and analytic techniques used in implementation the evaluation of large data sets.
data process
transactional online
PROCESSING ANALYTIC
online
DATA
processing
DATA
EVALUATION
set
PREDICTIVE
online
processing
EVALUATION REPORTING
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
set management
|
10
CESS ament
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS
ntation
BI ANALYTICS
Areas of Focus
technologies listening
management INFERENCE
PERSUASIVE
active
DATA statistical
data
MANAGEMENT PROJECTS
PROCESS managament
process analysis
online
PROCESSING
BI systems
MINING
statistical BUSINESS
skills
listening
active
INFERENCE INTELLIGENCE
PREDICTIVE
modeling
process analysis
REPORTING
management
ANALYTIC
online
processing
KILLS
In order to successfully adopt and implement a BI BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE proposal, a business intelligence professional must be able to elicit information from participants, and explain complex concepts and processes to different audiences. They must also have the persuasive skills to encourage buy-in and organizational change, as well as the leadership skills to manage BI TECHNOLOGIES implementation processes.
skills
data
transactional
online
managament processes
core
REPORTING listening
TOOLS
project
MANAGEMENT
systems
BI
PROCESSING
During your time in the Business Intelligence program, your courses will support the development of your communication and leadership abilities by emphasizing skills such as active listening, BI ANALYTICS negotiation, project management, and presentation skills. Youll also learn how to match visualizations and infographics with text and motion graphics to create effective, informative, and engaging presentations in a range of media. Additionally, you will build vital management skills such as vendor selection, management reporting, meeting management, PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT and legal issues that affect BI policy execution.
process analysis
ANALYTIC
online
technologies
DATA
management
DATA
data
EVALUATION
warehouse
PROJECTS
MINING
process analysis
data
set
processing statistical
INFERENCE
PREDICTIVE
modeling
listening
active
project
MANAGEMENT
PERSUASIVE
REPORTING
management
skills
implementation
PROCESS managament
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
listening
|
Master of Science Degree Program 11
active
Overview
The Business Intelligence master of science degree program prepares students for careers in Big Data, including business analysts, data warehouse administrators, and consultants. Business Intelligence master of science students receive graduate-level instruction that develops the technical, business, and analytic competencies necessary to inform effective organizational decision-making. Graduate courses in data management, qualitative analysis, and business intelligence technologies introduce core knowledge and skills through a series of interconnected learning experiences. Students further develop key technical and analytical skills in courses that address topics such as data mining methodologies, pattern recognition and analysis, and process modeling. As they complete the program, students will rene their critical thinking and communication skills by examining a variety of realworld business challenges, through advanced lessons in data visualization, creative reporting, case studies, project management, and leadership development. Each course will develop the students academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities. Throughout the program, students will develop their capstone thesis project focusing on building a data warehouse, which they will deliver in the nal month of the degree.
Objective
Todays businesses have access to a vast amount of information that can be utilized to improve their products and services, make their companies run more effectively, and transform their business. As such, utilizing Big Data to make informed business decisions is a rapidly growing trend for businesses around the world. The objective of the Business Intelligence master of science degree program is to prepare students to collect, manage, prepare, analyze, interpret, and communicate this information for the improvement of specic business processes and to inform business decisions. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities necessary to effectively utilize data for the improvement of business results. It will also be accomplished through project-based learning activities and guided academic research applications, which will enable students to use the appropriate tools and technologies for data management, analysis, visualization, and communication.
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
12
Business Intelligence
PROGRAM CORE
Code BIN 560 BIN 680 BIN 660 BIN 650 BIN 550 BIN 580 BIN 630 BIN 530 BIN 520 MDL 501 BIN 610 BIN 620 Totals: Course Business Intelligence Analytics Business Intelligence Capstone Business Intelligence Case Studies Business Intelligence Leadership & Communication Skills Business Intelligence Technologies Data Mining
1
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP
10
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE LEADERSHIP & COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Data Visualization and Creative Reporting Enterprise Data Management Foundations of Business Intelligence Mastery: Personal Development and Leadership Patterns and Recognition Process Modeling and Analysis
36 48
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
13
Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 560 BIN 660 BIN 650
Course Outline
Online Analytic Processing (OLAP) Bayesian Statistical Methods Statistical Inference Decision Making Under Uncertainty Forecasting and Predictive Analysis Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Case Analysis Project Planning Enterprise Level Business Analysis Creative Problem Solving and Critical Thinking Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Create Effective Presentations in a Range of Media Vendor Selection Budgeting Listening Negotiation Meeting Management Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Written Report Including Project Plan, Methodology, and Recommendations Data Warehouse and Dashboard Presentation, Infographics, and Visualization Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
14
Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 550 BIN 580 BIN 530
Data Mining
The Data Mining Course will examine how data mining tools, techniques, and intelligent processes are used to identify patterns in data that yield information, insight, and enterprise intelligence. Students will explore data mining concepts and practical techniques and methodologies for extracting information from large data sets using algorithms. Lessons will cover a variety of data mining and machinelearning processes and concepts including clustering, association, classification, and outlier analysis. Students will apply course concepts as they use professional data-mining tools on large data sets. This course will also address estimating the value of data mining insights and examine project management and reporting issues specific to data mining.
Course Outline
Algorithms and Machine Learning Data Mining Tools Classification Clustering and Association Estimating Value of Insights and Discoveries Project Management and Planning Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Extract, Transform, and Load (ETL) BI Systems Architecture Database Administration, Data Warehousing, and Data Mining Online Transactional Processing (OLTP) Online Analytic Processing (OLAP) Common BI Tasks Basic Statistical and Analytic Tools Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Management Information Systems (MIS) Decision Support Systems (DSS) Mobile Applications, Social Media, and Cloud-Based Systems Logical Data Models and Database Design Communicating with Nontechnical Audiences Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Data Visualization and Infographics Virtual Presentations Dashboards User Interface Design Mobile Reporting Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
15
Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 520 MDL 501 BIN 610
Course Outline
Advanced Data-Mining Tools and Techniques Real-Time Analysis (RTA) Pattern Recognition Search Engines Social Network Analysis Speech and Image Recognition Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Business Process Analysis (BPA) Networking and Internet Technologies BI Architecture Project Management Academic and Business Research Methods Literature Review
Course Outline
Mastery Concepts In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
16
Course Descriptions
Program Core
BIN 620
Course Outline
Process Simulation Modeling (PSIM) Enterprise Risk Modeling Statistical Simulation Optimization Monte Carlo Simulation AB Testing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
B US I NE S S I NT E L L I GE NC E
17
Animation
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program
It hasnt been that long since animation meant teams of artists working long hours to make individual 2D cels. For most of the 20th century, that was the way animated shows and features were made. But the 21st century has seen computers become essential tools for animators, with increased processing power and more sophisticated software combining to move the bulk of animation from the cel to the CPU. Whether for animated shows and feature lms, video games, or as special effects in live-action lms, computer animation is an integral part of the way artists get their vision onto screens. To become one of those artists, youll need to understand the art, the techniques, and the technology that professional animators use to bring their creations to life. In this collaboration-oriented online program, youll learn the tools of the trade that youll need to become a 21st century 3D artist.
Computer
Areas of Focus
Fine Arts Fine Arts Modeling Effects EffectsProject/ Final Demo Reel Final Project/ Creation Demo Reel Creation
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
18
Areas of Focus
art
concepts
craft
Fine Arts modeling
life
DRAWING
life
DRAWING
SCULPTING
texturing
anatomical
LIGHTING
MODELING
curves
SURFACES
ANIMATION
MODELING
c h a ra c t e r
2D 3D
TECHNIQUES
LANGUAGE
body
realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS
RIGGING
storyBOARDING
lighting effects
CAMERA
demo REEL
P R OF E S S I ONAL
character MODELING
texturing
SURFACES The journey of becoming successful in the computer animation industry starts with building a foundation in traditional art. Our curriculum is built on the skills, concepts. and techniques that will enable M O T I Oand N appreciate the holistic LANGUAGE students to understand approach artists must use in the animation process. Using traditional mediums such as graphite, color pencil, and clay you will learn how to manipulate MOVEMENT the elements of PARTICLE art to create designs that work in EFFECTS ACTIONS the three-dimensional world. Hands-on exercises in illustration, color theory, character development, life drawing, and sculpting will help you produce believable characters and compositionally sound environments.
3D
BASICS
curves
character
dynamics
body
realistic
Modeling
Creating believable models is an essential element of computer animation. With three courses devoted solely to modeling, youll gradually develop the strategies and skills needed to use computer modeling tools efciently. After getting a foundation in surface creation, 3D modeling basics, trimming and blending, and curves and surfaces, youll move on to advanced modeling techniques production modeling, surface ow, anatomical modeling utilizing the same real-world SCULPTING workow as professional animators.
COMPUTER ANIMATION
COMPUTER ANIMATION
SPECIAL
effects
FINE ARTS
FINE ARTS
art art
TRADITIONAL
TRADITIONAL
TECHNIQUE
TECH N I QUE
craft
MODELING
MODELING
life
DRAWING
concepts
concepts
craftcraft life
TECHNIQUE
DRAWING
life
DRAWING
SC
LIGH
tex
SCULPTING
LIGHTING
3D
modeling
BASICS
3D
texturing
anatomical modeling curves C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON | MODELING Bachelor of Science Degree Program B A S I C S SURFACES
curves
SURFACES
M
19
an
curves 3D
character MOTION
LANGUAGE
T E C H N IQ U E
anatomical
body
craft
PARTICLE
LANGUAGE
DRAWING
life
SCULPTING
char act er
realistic 3D
EFFECTS modeling MOVEMENT BASICS
dynamics
realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS
PRO FESSIO NA L
texturing
ACTIONS
demo REEL
P R O F E S S I O NA L
character MODELING
REEL
MODELING
character MOTION
Animation
LANGUAGE
body
realistic
RIGGING
character
texturing
ANIMATION
texturing
MOVEMENT PARTICLE models to life is the goal Bringing computer of the EFFECTS ACTIONS animation process, and the curriculum at Full Sail teaches you the tools and techniques youll need to do just that. First, youll learn basic animation skills and the fundamentals of powerful software packages like Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. Then youll build on those basics with 2D and 3D techniques like character motion, body language, and character rigging as you use all your artistic skills together with technology to make your creations move.
dynamics
demo REEL
PROFESSIONAL
SPECIAL
FINE ARTS
texturing
effects
art
TRADITIONAL
concepts
SPECIAL
MODELING
3 2D 3D
TECHNIQUES
ANIMATION
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
20
TECHNIQUES TECHNIQUES
2D 3D
Areas of Focus
MOTION
LANGUAGE LANGUAGE
RIGGING
CAMERA CAMERA
EFFECTS
REEL
aft
deling
SICS
cter TION
Its one thing to build a model and make it move, its something else to make it look real (or unreal, if DRAWING that is what you are shooting for). The next phase is to take your computer-built 3D creations to the next level of realism by integrating them into live-action sequences. By using tracking and compositing software packages such as Syntheyes and Nuke, youll be able to integrate your digital creations SURFACES into live-action lm footage. Once you bring the two together, youll learn how to use Apple Color and Final Cut Pro to polish and nalize your work, creating a seamlessly integrated scene.
life
texturing
LIGHTING
curves
MODELING
character
LANGUAGE
body
realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS
RIGGING
storyBOARDING
COMPUTER ANIMATION
FINE ARTS
art
TRADITIONAL
concepts
ics
ECTS
ICLE
In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your teachers will re-evaluate the art and animation REEL youve created throughout your classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry youre most interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your technical prociency in such areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, and special effects, offering a well-rounded demonstration of your talents to help launch your career.
demo
PROFESSI ONAL
character MODELING
MODELING
ANIMATION
texturing
effects
2D 3D
TECHNIQUES
SPECIAL
lighting effects
21
CAMERA
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
Areas of Focus
Overview
The Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program at Full Sail is centered on real-world production processes. From storyboarding, sketching, and modeling to character animation, special effects, and nal compositing, the Computer Animation degree program at Full Sail takes you through the entire production pipeline. Our program starts by getting you familiar with the art concepts behind animation; drawing, sculpting, and other traditional forms of expression are essential parts of getting your art onto the computer. Youll also learn the basic principles behind computer-generated models, characters, animation, and visual effects. Then youll put those principles to use just like animation pros do when developing lms, TV shows, commercials, and games. By using the same hardware and software as professional animation studios, youll gain the skills youll need to hit the ground running when you embark on your career. To highlight these skills, youll nish your education by creating a demo reel that showcases your best work. Learning the essential art and technology elements of this eld is just one part of the Computer Animation program. Youll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the animation industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer character animation and visual effects needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, visual effects animators, lighters, and renderers. Besides the programs strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related elds. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
COMPUTER ANIMATION
22
Computer Animation
PROGRAM CORE
Code CGA 221 CGA 121 CGA 461 CGA 321 CGA 322 CGA 342 CGA 451 CGA 453 CGA 241 CGA 356 CGA 131 CGA 101 CGA 102 CGA 112 DIG 1301 ODT 1000 CGA 482 CGA 471 CGA 474 CGA 475 CGA 351 CGA 352 CAB 101 CAB 302 CAB 403 GRA 1161 CGA 366 Totals: Course 2D Animation 3D Foundations Animation Production Character Animation I Character Animation II Character Design and Creation Character Rigging I Character Rigging II Compositing Fundamentals Compositing and Scene Finishing Fundamentals of Animation Fundamentals of Art I Fundamentals of Art II Methods of Design Model Creation Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Portfolio Assembly Portfolio Content Creation I Portfolio Content Creation II Portfolio Content Creation III Portfolio Preproduction Production Modeling
Code ART 2006 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PHY 1000 MTG 1205 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:
Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physics Geometry and Measurement
3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
ART HISTORY
10
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I
3D FOUNDATIONS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II
MODEL CREATION
30.00
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT
128 128
16
17
18
19
20
PRODUCTION MODELING
2D ANIMATION
COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION
CHARACTER RIGGING I
21
22
23
24
ANIMATION PRODUCTION
25
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
CHARACTER RIGGING II
CHARACTER ANIMATION I
CHARACTER ANIMATION II
26
27
COMPOSITING & SCENE FINISHING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
28
29
30
Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Shading and Lighting Visual Development
PORTFOLIO PREPRODUCTION
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
31
32
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
23
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 221 CGA 461 CGA 322
2D Animation
The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subjects volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability.
Animation Production
The Animation Production Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce an animated sequence. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the production industry, as they produce a portfolio animation piece to showcase their proficiency.
Character Animation II
The Character Animation II Course continues to strengthen students animation skills by exploring methods for creating movement that is not only entertaining and appealing, but also depicts actions that are driven by the characters emotions and personality. Students will also analyze methods for creating solid acting choices that are unique and interesting. By using discussion and analysis, students will be introduced to the importance of evaluating their own work, as well as the work of their peers. This enables them to critique each others projects with the intent of implementing what they have learned into their own animation, preparing them for situations encountered in the real world.
Course Outline
Preproduction Applications of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development
Course Outline
Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Advanced Character Animation Techniques Implementing the Directors Notes Scene Analysis and Evaluation Character Dialogue Acting Theory, Development, and Techniques Creating and Using Reference
Character Animation I
4 weeks
The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow.
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3D Foundations
The 3D Foundations Course familiarizes students with the foundations of creating 2D and 3D computer graphics. Students learn the interface and controls of multiple programs as they learn basic animation skills that prepare them for more advanced courses later in the Computer Animation Bachelor of Science Degree Program.
Course Outline
Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation Scene Composition and Staging Entertainment Analysis Group Participation and Critique Scene Planning and Workflow
Course Outline
Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Digital Concept Art Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types Working with Objects and Components
Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Character Design NURBS Modeling Sub Division Surface Modeling Surface Flow and Anatomy Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
24
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 451 CGA 241 CGA 131
Character Rigging I
The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig.
Compositing Fundamentals
The Compositing Fundamentals Course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world, live-action video footage. Students are introduced to compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals in current production pipelines. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer-generated elements to properly match a high definition film or video source, while presenting them the opportunity of working in a node-based compositing environment.
Fundamentals of Animation
The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them.
Course Outline
Matte Creation Techniques Lighting and Rendering Node-based Compositing
Course Outline
Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering
Course Outline
Joint Creation and Layout Control Building and Constraints Custom Attribute Creation Set Driven Keyframes Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques Python Fundamentals Python Tool Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Fundamentals of Art I
The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
Character Rigging II
The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow.
Course Outline
Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space
Course Outline
Skin Deformation Muscle Systems Advanced Deformers Advanced Facial Setups Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur) Advance Mathematical Connections Scripted Controls
Course Outline
Node-based Compositing Color Theory and Practice 3D Camera Tracking (Matchmoving) Rendering Methods and Practices Proper Integration Techniques
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
25
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 102 DIG 1301 CGA 482
Fundamentals of Art II
The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
Model Creation
The Model Creation Course is the first of three fundamental courses that teach computer modeling, and rendering. The philosophy of the course dictates that good curves make good surfaces, and modeling strategies start with an objects profile curves. Students are introduced to the tools used in each step of creating a computer model. By learning the capabilities of each tool and the interaction between tools, students develop techniques and strategies for efficiently creating virtual models.
Portfolio Assembly
The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a students content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing their talents as a computer animation artist.
Course Outline
Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting
Course Outline
4 weeks
Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization
Course Outline
Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development
3.00
Course length
Methods of Design
The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Portfolio Content Creation I Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries
The Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Course examines the various industries that use visual and interactive storytelling. Students will explore a variety of visual and interactive forms, media types, programming languages and organizational structures, and learn how the various components can be combined to create professional projects. In addition, students will learn about the skill sets that are common in the media design and technology industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their chosen career path. The Portfolio Content Creation I Course helps students review and continue advancing their overall knowledge of computer animation workflow, timeline, professional behavior, and mind set. This course prepares students to experience a four-week production deadline, and introduces the concept of working under production constraints. Students use their artistic skills and technical knowledge to create a professional quality asset based on reference compiled during Animation Preproduction. All assets are managed and critiqued by an in-lab art director, to help guide projects towards photorealistic expectations under defined deadlines.
Course Outline
Critical Thinking Elements and Principles of 3D Aspects and Elements of Time Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development
Course Outline
Motion Data Shoot Data Tracking Skeleton Retargeting Application and Simulation
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
26
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 474 CGA 351 CAB 101, 302, 403
Portfolio Preproduction
The Portfolio Preproduction Course develops students ability to plan, coordinate, and study assets, using traditional methods to demonstrate their learned strengths as a 3D artist. Working from photograph and video reference, students explore and develop characters, environments, vehicles, rigs, and animation ideas. Successful completion of this course arms students with the knowledge of how to use good reference and artistic studies to create production blueprints.
Course Outline
Object Observation Sculpting Colors and Textures Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing
Course Outline
Art Direction Set Design Character Design Storyboards Animatics
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices
1.00/2.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization
Course Outline
Advanced Modeling Techniques Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow
Course Outline
Object Observation Sculpting Colors and Textures Lighting and Shadows Life Drawing Character Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
27
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 366
General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012
Visual Development
The Visual Development Course provides students with continued knowledge of texture painting, lighting and rendering, and effects. Students will continue to develop texturing skills reviewing real-world visual reference, and study of lighting as it applies to mood and rendering.
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
UV Editor and Painting Techniques Observational surface studies Generating Mood using light Enhancement of digital content
Course Outline
Ancient Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
28
Course Descriptions
General Education
PHY 1000 COM 3109 DEP 1013
Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Geometry and Measurement Course teaches students a wide spectrum of geometric concepts that are designed to build upon the math learned in earlier coursework. The curriculum will emphasize Euclidean geometry and its relationship to logic, trigonometry and coordinate geometry. The measurements, constructions, graphs, and problems involve angles, triangles, polygons, areas and volumes. Geometry and trigonometric skills are developed exploring problem-solving through the logic calculations.
4.00
Course Outline
A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates
4.00
Course length
4 weeks C OM P UT E R ANI M AT I ON
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
29
Creative Writing
for Entertainment
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program
Whether its a lm with a plot that keeps you on the edge of your seat, a television show with a cast of characters that have a special place in our hearts, or a video game with such a compelling concept that its almost impossible to put the controller down, the best entertainment always has a great story at its core. As we continue to experience entertainment in an ever-growing number of ways, those professionals who can marry words and visuals to tell a compelling story across multiple platforms have become increasingly sought after within the entertainment industry. Full Sails Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program immerses students in the skills theyll need to become those professionals. Following the evolution of a story from the brainstorming process to its implementation across a variety of media platforms, students will not only learn how to write compelling content for lm, television, websites, video games, and social media, but also how to market themselves and their work within the industry.
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
30
Areas of Focus
CREATIVE WRITING
CREATIVE WRITING
STORYTELLING
Storytelling
RESEARCH
STORYTELLING
BRAINSTORMING
MARKETING/PITCHING
CREATIVE WRITING
RESEARCH
storyboards
While there are many different ways to tell a story, the fundamental concepts behind good storytelling are consistent. Through a series of writing workshops and exercises, youll rene the way in which you brainstorm ideas and translate your thoughts into effective stories. Youll learn how to communicate moods, emotions, ideas, sounds, and scenery through visual props, as well as through the use of storyboarding software, as you examine different authorial choices and literary techniques and devices. Youll also learn about the characteristics of a good story and explore how these elements play across formats such as television, lm, video games, and more.
STORYTELLING
BRAINSTORMING
storyboards
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
31
Areas of Focus
YTELLING
RESEARCH
ARCH
MARKETING/PITCHING Research
HEORY
SINESS
Theres no better way to develop the tools you need to craft a story or written concept than by learning from the work of the great storytellers of the past. KETING/PITCHING As a student in the Creative Writing degree program, youll research the techniques and conventions of writing for a variety of genres and channels, including childrens entertainment, comedy, tragedy, horror, mystery, suspense, science ction, and fantasy. Youll also learn techniques to develop your observational skills and work toward becoming an effective interviewer, and then apply these abilities to your own creative works.
SKILL
LEADERSHIP
development
NETWORKING
skills
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Program 32
N E G O T I AT I N G
uest PEAKERS
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
artist
PERSPECTIVE C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT |
EXECUTIVE
STORYTELLING
RESEARCH
CREATIVE WRITING
Marketing/Pitching
Successful writers dont nd work solely based MARKETING/PITCHING on the merits of their work; being able to market yourself as a creative entity can be a huge factor in helping you share your talents with the world. In this program, youll study the various channels of publishing and distribution that exist in the industry today, such as e-books, audio books, digital readers, and other platforms that deliver content to audiences on a global scale. Youll also learn about the process of joining unions, nding a good agent, and obtaining sound legal advice. Throughout the program, youll also be working to assemble your own creative writing digital portfolio, comprised of your writing, artwork, and media including spec scripts, screenplays, animation concepts, game prospectuses, storyboards, blog links, and more. As you prepare to enter into the industry, youll be equipped with a self-promotional tool that can help assist you in nding work as a writer.
STORYTELLING
CREATIVE WRITING
RESEARCH
STORYTELLING
MARKETING/PITCHING
RESEARCH
MARKETING/PITCHING
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
33
Overview
As new distribution channels for media emerge in the entertainment industry, there is increasing demand for creative writers who can extend a compelling story across multiple platforms. Full Sail Universitys Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program provides students the opportunity to not only perfect their storywriting abilities, but also allows them to understand and implement the transmedia approach that is necessary in todays entertainment industry. Whether the nal delivery channel is a movie theater, television screen, computer monitor, game console, website, or mobile device, youll learn to develop compelling and well-crafted stories that will captivate consumers on multiple platforms. A growing collection of digital tools is available to todays writers, and the Creative Writing bachelors degree program teaches the most effective way to utilize those tools. Youll explore a multitude of publishing and distribution methods along with the relevant legal and ethical issues. In addition, youll further develop leadership, project management, and research skills, sharpen your technical prowess, conduct and utilize industry research, and explore the marketing processes related to your creative works. Most importantly, youll write and workshop your writing in a variety of formats and genres, building a strong portfolio of original pieces. The degree program helps equip you with the knowledge and tools necessary to be a successful creative writing professional in the fast-paced world of the entertainment industry. To help you move towards your desired career, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
The objective of the Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis, criticism, and editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. The program is designed to equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to pursue careers in creative writing. The Creative Writing for Entertainment Bachelor of Fine Arts online degree program will also further strengthen students leadership, project management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take full advantage of todays high demand for creative writers and prepare them for professional creative writing career in the eld of entertainment.
34
GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 CGS 1000 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 HIS 2320 ECW 3111 ECW 3211 ECW 3311 DEP 1013 Totals: Course Art History College Mathematics Computer Science and Internet Digital Literacy English Composition I English Composition II Fundamentals of Physical Science Historical Archetypes & Mythology Literary Genre I: Comedy and Tragedy Literary Genre II: Horror, Mystery and Suspense Literary Genre III: Science Fiction and Fantasy Psychology of Play
10
ENGLISH COMPOSITION II
ART HISTORY
11
12
13
SYMBOLIC COMMUNICATIONS & CARTOGRAPHY
14
15
18
19
20
LITERARY GENRE II: HORROR, MYSTERY & SUSPENSE
125 128
SCRIPTWRITING TECHNIQUES
21
LITERARY GENRE III: SCIENCE FICTION & FANTASY
22
23
24
25
TRANSMEDIA WRITING
CHILDREN'S ENTERTAINMENT
26
27
WRITING WORKSHOP I: FILM
28
WRITING WORKSHOP II: TELEVISION
29
WRITING WORKSHOP III: STORYBOARDING, ANIMATION & COMICS
30
WRITING WORKSHOP IV: VIDEO GAME & INTERACTIVE FORMATS
Totals:
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
*
31
32
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
35
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 3721 ECW 3831 ECW 1715
Childrens Entertainment
The Childrens Entertainment Course introduces students to writing for childrens content. The course provides an overview of classic children literature and film and places it within the context of writing for television, film, web, games, and animation. Students also explore different avenues of childrens transmedia entertainment.
Course Outline
Classic Childrens Literature Childrens Television & Film Childrens Interactive Media Childrens Transmedia Entertainment
Course Outline
Legal Issues in Publication Copyrights Unions Networking Marketing
Course Outline
Research Methods and Techniques Observational Skills Effective Interviewing Application to Creative Works
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Brainstorming Self-Motivation Journaling Organization Skills
Course Outline
Historical Accuracy Environmental Immersion World Creation
Course Outline
4 weeks
Culmination of Work Workshop I, II, III, IV Projects Social Networking Persona Self-Promotion Tool Living Digital Document Final Digital Portfolio Project
4.00
Course length
Historical Fictionalization
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
36
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 3520 ECW 2743 ECW 4655
Course Outline
Game Outline/Bibling Scripted Cut Scenes Descriptive Flavor Text Branching Dialogue Collaborative Composition
Course Outline
Canonical Literature Contemporary Literature Literary Theory and Practice Transmedia Writing
Course Outline
4 weeks
Objectivity and Analysis Spotting Dialogue and Character Development Issues Global and Local Editing Formatting, Design, and Layout File Sharing Limitations Multimedia Files
4.00
Course length
Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Literary Techniques and Story Development
The Literary Techniques and Story Development Course provides a broad spectrum and intensive study of authorial choices and literary techniques that bring meaning and direction to stories. By employing literary devices, authors play upon their readers conscious and unconscious experiences and archetypes, which in turn shapes the interpretation by and impact on the audience. The Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Course examines the various industries that utilize visual storytelling, including film, digital cinematography, creative writing, and media communications. The course familiarizes students with the different types of visual art forms, genres, scripting styles and organizational structures that each discipline utilizes, as well as how formatting of visual art might be redesigned for transmedia impact. Students will also build a firm understanding of the various skill sets common in the visual arts industries in order to develop the skills most sought after in their prospective careers.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Mobile Media Storytelling Game Storylines Film Scripts Web Series
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries
Course Outline
History of Publishing Digital Publishing Future of Publishing Distribution Methods
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
37
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 3055 ECW 3651 ECW 4101
Scriptwriting Techniques
The Scriptwriting Techniques Course introduces students to basic scriptwriting formatting for television and film. Students in this course become proficient in Final Draft, the industry-standard software for screen and film writing, while also exploring the basic elements of plot, character, dialogue, and structure.
Transmedia Writing
The Transmedia Writing Course examines the full range of media landscape and charts the progress of a story across multiple platforms. Television shows are often no longer an isolated experience, and the storyline frequently continues after the credits roll each week. Driven by the audiences appetite for more, this crossplatform approach provides a strategic marketing plan and solid entertainment.
Course Outline
Final Draft Software Outlining Structure Character Building
Course Outline
Online Tie-Ins Social Networking Streaming Scenes Mobile Devices & Emerging Platforms
Course Outline
Format Structure Dialogue Story Collaboration
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Ancient Civilizations Puzzles and Codes Religious Symbols Secret Societies
Course Outline
Visual Building Blocks Storytelling Techniques Visual Translation Communicating Emotions
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Comedy Drama Documentary-Style TV Reality
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
38
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ECW 4320
General Education
ART 2007 CGS 1000
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Multimedia Presentations Operating Systems and Technologies Web 2.0 Tools Student Audio/Video Projects
Course Outline
History of Animation and Comics Character Development Narrative Structure & Planning Storyboarding Scriptwriting
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
Course Outline
Games & Interactive Play Plot / Narrative Outline Descriptive / Flavor Text Demographics Marketing
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
39
Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030 HIS 2320
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course Outline
Introduction to Archetypes, Culture and Myths Archetypes Influence on Culture Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Contemporary Western Myths and Archetypes
English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
40
Course Descriptions
General Education
ECW 3111 ECW 3311
Course Outline
History of Comedy and Tragedy Character Psychology in Comedy and Tragedy Modern Genres Narrative Structure of Comedy and Drama Writing Comedy, Drama, and Romance
Course Outline
The Golden Age of Science Fiction and Fantasy From Myth to Tolkien New Worlds and Peoples, Old Problems Speculative Fiction On-Screen Sci-Fi Stories in Sci-Fi Media
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Clues, Red Herrings, and Reveals Building Dramatic Tension Monster and Creative Character Development Classic Short Fiction Suspense On-Screen
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
C RE AT IVE W RI T I NG F OR E NT E RTAI NM E NT
41
Creative
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
The ability to both tell a story through the use of words and images and to distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in the entertainment industry. In the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Online Degree Program, storytelling is not merely taught as it relates to the typical output mediums of print and publishing, but it also teaches you the necessary skills to explore a professional creative writing career within the world of entertainment.
Writing
By relating the art of storytelling and the language of different mediums, such as lm, television, animation, and gaming, youll learn the screenwriting process from concept to completion and apply the courses techniques to projects.
Areas of Focus
Classical Writing Fine Arts and Storytelling Modeling Research Animation Business and Marketing Effects Thesis Portfolio Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
42
Areas of Focus
RESEARCH
CREATIVE WRITING
THESIS PORTFOLIO
Research
During the Creative Writing MFA program, emphasis is placed on the importance of research and character development in creating authentic compelling story lines. Motivation and backstory are given careful consideration as you interpret archetypes and psychological proles to populate your newly created worlds. Media production cycles and genre-specic terms are studied, and the language of different media is translated and compared.
CREATIVE WRITING
RESEARCH
WRITING LING
43
Areas of Focus
RESEARCH
THESIS PORTFOLIO
44
WORK
Areas of Focus
PORTFOLIO
thesis
OBJECTIVE
critique
CREATIVE WRITING
EDITS
rewrites
&
RESEARCH
Thesis Portfolio
Through edits and continuous rewrites, youll develop strategies to troubleshoot your stories. By analyzing the content you create, youll learn to objectively critique projects, and resolve structural problems encountered during the creative writing process. Each student edits and CLASSICAL WRITING formats a script for nal presentation and professional & STORY TELLING submission, and youll assemble an e-portfolio consisting a Final Draft of your completed Thesis Script along with all of the assets created throughout the program.
SCREEN
WRITING
SCRIPT
plot LINES
the ART of
Story telling
RESEARCH
RESEARCH
storyBOARDS
Market
thesis
YOUR WORK
multimedia
OBJECTIVE
THESIS PORTFOLIO
PORTFOLIO
critique
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
EDITS
rewrites
45
&
Overview
The demand for creative writers in all types of entertainment media genres has never been so high. The ability to tell a story through the use of words and images and distribute narratives through a variety of media formats are now standard skills required of creative writers in production companies in the entertainment media industry. Professional writers are needed to craft compelling stories and writing elements that will captivate todays demanding media clients, consumers, and audiences. There are tremendous opportunities for creative writers, and the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will provide students the opportunity to not only perfect their script, screen, and story writing abilities but also to incorporate visual storytelling, narrative structures, character creation and development, and storyboarding elements into their writing projects. In addition, students will further develop leadership, project-management, and research skills; sharpen their technical prowess; conduct and utilize industry research; and ultimately market their nal creative writing masterpiece. The degree program equips students with the knowledge and tools necessary to be successful creative writing professionals in the fast-paced world of the entertainment media industry. Full Sail Universitys Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as students launch their career searches in the eld of creative writing. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers.
Objective
The objective of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program is to provide students with a focused knowledge and clear understanding of visual storytelling, narrative structures, multimedia terms and genres, character creation and development, screenwriting and storyboarding, script analysis and criticism, and script editing for a variety of niches and distribution methods in the entertainment media industry. This knowledge will equip students with editorial skills, enhance their ability to create compelling stories and writing elements, and enable them to ultimately market their creative masterpieces. The Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will also further develop and strengthen students leadership, project-management, and research skills necessary for the development and execution of creative writing projects. Completion of the Creative Writing Master of Fine Arts Degree Program will enable graduates to meet todays high demand for creative writers and qualify them for professional creative writing careers in the entertainment media industry.
CREATIVE WRITING
46
Creative Writing
PROGRAM CORE
Code CWM 510 CWM 690 CWM 540 CWM 640 CWM 650 CWM 630 CWM 560 CWM 520 CWM 530 CWM 550 CWM 620 CWM 610 Totals: Course
The Art of Visual Storytelling The Business of Creative Writing Character Creation and Development Creative Writing Portfolio I Creative Writing Portfolio II Editing for Film, Game, and Animation Scripts Film Screenwriting and Storyboarding Literary Research Multimedia Terms and Genres Script Analysis and Criticism Storytelling and Storyboarding for Animation Writing for Games
8
STORYTELLING & STORYBOARDING FOR ANIMATION
9
EDITING FOR FILM, GAME, & ANIMATION SCRIPTS
10
11
12
48 48
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
47
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CWM 510 CWM 540 CWM 640
Course Outline
Introduction to Traditional Storytelling Structures and Universal Themes General Survey of Folklore with Emphasis on the Uses of Folk Motifs in Modern Films, Games, and Animation Visual Mediums Defined by Classic Examples in Each Visual Art Form The Impact of Ever-Evolving Technology on the Creation of New Visual Narratives
Course Outline
Overview of Development of the Character for Various Types of Media Psychology of Characters Hero and Villain Archetypes Adult, Adolescent and Child Personality Types and Character Development Character Conflict Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext
Course Outline
Selection of Entertainment Media Genre and Distribution Method for Final Thesis Script Research of Storyline Script Outline Script Approval
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
Character Backstory
Project Plan Development Storyboard Development Body Language, Dialogue, and Subtext
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Business Practices of the Film, Animation, and Gaming Industries Marketing Writing Elements Publishing Writing Elements Legal Topics and Consideration The Role of Literary Agents Writers Unions
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
48
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CWM 650 CWM 560 CWM 530
Course Outline
Film Genres Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Film Visual Layout Techniques, Cinematography, Camera Placement Interactive Media Storyboards Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues
Course Outline
An Introduction to Multimedia Terms An Overview of Media Production Cycles Creative Writing Skills for Various Multimedia Applications Multimedia Presentations
Course Outline
Project Plan Implementation Script Writing Storyboard and Supporting Portfolio Elements Formatting Final Submittal
Overview of the Film Industry and Production Process Screenwriting Creative Process: Transforming Ideas to Screenplay
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course Length
Literary Research
The Literary Research Course provides students with basic instruction on provides an introduction to research techniques, methodologies, and information sources relevant to developing and expanding authentic and compelling storylines. Students will explore elements of narrative structure and approaches that work best for various entertainment media genres. In addition, students will begin writing exercises, preparing them for the advanced writing requirements of the degree program.
Course Outline
Screenwriting/Script Formats Act and Sequence Structure Spec Scripts: Formatting and Development Script Analysis: Areas for Consideration Dialogue As It Defines Character Criticism
Course Outline
Editing and Formatting Practices Analysis and Objectivity Clarifying, Redirecting, and Focusing Storyline and Central Theme Troubleshooting Dialogue and Character Development Issues Techniques to Overcome Writers Block Presentation and Submission
Course Outline
Research Techniques and Methodologies Information Sources Narrative Structure Plot Patterns Organizing Structural Elements
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
49
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CWM 620 CWM 610
Course Outline
Animation Genres and Formats History of the Animation Industry and Legendary Animators Overview of the Animation Production Process The Creative Writing Process for Animation Storyboarding for Animation Storyboarding Techniques and Visual Thinking for Animation Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes Intellectual Property and Copyright Issues
Course Outline
Gaming Genres and Platforms Overview of the Gaming Industry and Production Process Game Writing Creative Process: Interactive and Nonlinear Narrative Structures Game Strategy and Plot Development Game Storyboarding Novel and Film Adaptations Universal and Cross-Cultural Themes
4.00
Course Length
Course Length
4 weeks
C RE AT I VE W RI T I NG
50
Cinematography Animation
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Digital Computer
Innovation in lm and video doesnt just come from the big studios and networks anymore. Digital technology has made it possible for almost anyone with the vision, equipment, and education to create the next project that catches the imagination of media consumers. Filmmakers, news organizations, and businesses are taking advantage of the exibility of digital production, creating a need for artists able to develop a range of narrative content for todays emerging technologies. Full Sails Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science Degree Program teaches you how to be a leader in
digital storytelling, and helps you develop the skills needed to create compelling projects for different outlets. The cross-platform availability of digital media means you can engage and inspire viewers in many new ways, and through the Digital Cinematography degree program youll develop the ability to meet the need for creative and innovative content for television, lm, the web, mobile devices, and more.
Areas of Focus
Filmmaking Foundations Fine Arts Digital Video Modeling Technology Animation Video Output Effects
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
51
Areas of Focus
Filmmaking Foundations
Filmmaking is more than a century old, and the Digital Cinematography degree program instills in students a deep understanding of traditional lm theory and storytelling techniques, and how these elements apply to the production of todays digital content. Courses like Lighting I & II, and Directing cover standard lmmaking concepts that teach you to look at shot composition with an artists eye helping to add a more cinematic quality to your projects. This includes learning depth-of-eld management, the art M I X I and N G how to of cinematography and lighting design, PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT MIXING frame a scene to enhance its emotional impact.
film
PRODUCTION
audio
film file
audio
film FOUNDATIONS
lighting effects
digital
CREATION
CONTENT
TR ADI T I ONAL
TR A D I TI O N A L
TOOLS
CAMERA
CAMERA
texturing
PERSONAL
Classes in Storytelling and Creative Writing round out this education by breaking down the elements of effective story structure, which youll be able to COMMUNICATION P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N COMMUNICATION adapt to everything from television commercials to TOOLS independent feature lms. Youll also learn how to sequence your footage during postproduction, with LIGHTING emphasis on pacing and narrative ow. LIGHTING
visual audio
powerful
visual audio
digital
STORYTELLING
texturing
PERSONAL
CREATION
CONTENT
financelighting
DIRECTING management
finance
management
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
52
digital
texturing finance
PERSONAL
digital
lighting
DIRECTING
CREATION
CONTENT
management
film
PRODUCTION
audio MIXING
COMMUNICATION
file MANAGEMENT
film
Youll also learn how to edit that footage using powerful post-production tools, giving you a working knowledge of all stages of a professional CAMERA video production, and allowing you to adapt to upcoming trends that will continue to redene visual entertainment and media communications.
powerful
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N
visual audio
TOOLS
lighting effects
digital
CREATION
CONTENT
digital
file MANAGEME
LIGHTING
STORYTELLING
texturing finance
PERSONAL
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
lighting
DIRECTING
film FOUNDATIONS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program 53
TRADI TI ONAL
management
Areas of Focus
film
PRODUCTION
audio MIXING
COMMUNICATION
file MANAGEMENT
m FOUNDATIONS
A DI T I O N A L
file MANAGEMENT
powerful
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N
visual audio
film
PRODUCTION
TOOLS
ghting
MERA
Video Output
film FOUNDATIONS
lighting effects
digital
CREATION
CONTENT
TRADI TI ONAL
gital
CREATION
ft
CS
In order to be a successful producer of digital video STORYTELLING effects content, youre going to need to know how to get your media into the hands of clients and consumers. The Digital Cinematography degree program teaches students this nal stage of the production process CONTENTin courses like Mobility and DIRECTING Data Management.
digital
LIGHTING
powerful
texturing
CAMERA
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O
TOOL
life
lighting
finance
PERSONAL
SCULPTING
digital
management
LIGHTING
STORYTELLING
texturing
lighting
DIRECTING
eling
curves
MODELING
c h a ra c te r
anatomical
ter ION
cs
L A N G U Apro G E cient in managing By learning to be technically TRA D ITIO NA L data workow and output, youll be a more well-rounded entrepreneur, and a greater asset FOUNDATIONS to employers and clients.
body
realistic
MOVEMENT ACTIONS
RIGGINGPRODUCTION
film
file MANAGEMENT
film
CTS
LE
demo REEL
PRO F E SSI O N A L
powerful
P O S T- P R O D U C T I O N
TOOLS
character MODELING
COMMUNICATION
visual audio
lighting effects
CAMERA
digital
STORYTELLING
texturing texturing
SPECIAL
LIGHTING
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
54
Areas of Focus
Overview
The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program immerses students in the art of digital video and lm production for a variety of outlets. By utilizing the latest tools available to todays media developers, youll learn how to create professional content for broadcast television, online media, mobile applications, and independent lms. Throughout the program youll take courses that help you build a comprehensive understanding of digital content creation and storytelling, with a curriculum that strikes a balance between traditional lm foundations and the latest production and postproduction techniques. Youll learn how to master essential visual communication and video production methods for digital photography, HD video production, lighting, audio mixing, and nonlinear editing. Supporting classes also cover complementary career skills in computer business applications, personal nance management, production budgeting, and networking. Class projects will help you apply this knowledge as you craft your own visual and narrative pieces for different media. Youll learn to take a story through the entire creative process, including developing a script, planning the logistics of production, working on location to capture your story on camera, as well as le management, editing, and distribution. To help you make the transition into your career after graduation, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
The Digital Cinematography Bachelor of Science degree program provides students with the focused knowledge and understanding of digital video and lmmaking production as it relates to current technology and media formats. Courses in the program address digital lmmaking, directing, lighting, audio postproduction, digital editing, scriptwriting, storyboarding, team management, streaming video, and mobile technology. The program is designed to provide students with the tools they need to pursue successful careers in the elds of broadcast television, web video, independent lm, and more. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY
55
Digital Cinematography
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code DCN 4365 DCN 3655 DCN 1106 DCN 3333 DCN 4815 FIL 2772 FIL 2782 DCN 2441 DCN 2444 FLM 367 DCN 3435 DCN 4110 DCN 4915 FIL 1035 ENTB 376 DCN 1001 FLM 322 DCN 4421 OVA 1000 DCN 4993 FLM 463 DCB 101 DCB 102 DCB 203 DCN 3111 FLM 224 WEB 4550 Totals:
*
GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.50 3.00 3.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.50 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.00 3.50 4.00 94.50 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Totals: 30.00 Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 CRW 2000 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PPE 2110 PSC 1030 DEP 1013 Course Art History College Mathematics Creative Writing Digital Literacy English Composition I Ethics and Psychology Fundamentals of Physical Science Psychology of Play Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
Course Advanced Post and Story Development Art Design and Location Shooting Composition and Visual Design for Digital Cinematography Digital Audio Production Digital Cinematography Final Project Digital Cinematography I Digital Cinematography II Digital Cinematography Lighting I Digital Cinematography Lighting II Directing Electronic Field Production Film Criticism Final Project Postproduction History of Motion Picture Arts Intellectual Property Introduction to Digital Cinematography Introduction to Editing and Visual Effects Mobility and Data Management Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Personal Creative Development Producing Independent Film Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Project Planning and Development Storytelling Web Design
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
10
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
STORYTELLING
ART HISTORY
11
COMPOSITION & VISUAL DESIGN FOR DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY
12
PROJECT PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT
13
14
15
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING I
CREATIVE WRITING
124.5 128
16
DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION
17
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY LIGHTING II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
18
19
INTRODUCTION TO EDITING & VISUAL EFFECTS
20
DIRECTING
21
22
23
24
25
MOBILITY & DATA MANAGEMENT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY I
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY II
26
27
28
29
PRODUCING INDEPENDENT FILM PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
30
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY FINAL PROJECT
FILM CRITICISM
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
WEB DESIGN
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
31
32
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
56
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DCN 4365 DCN 1106 FIL 2772
Digital Cinematography I
The Digital Cinematography I Course introduces students to the art and operation of digital video cameras. The course provides in-depth and practical knowledge of the differences that digital cameras offer digital filmmakers by way of control over digital images during acquisition. Digital attributes such as RGB changes, scene profiling, gamma adjustment, and black pedestal control will be explored and evaluated.
Course Outline
Asset and Timeline Management Nesting Video Tracks and Compositing Applying Transitions Proper Audio Placement Creating the Mood and Pacing
Course Outline
Common Digital Formats and Terms Digital Compared to Film Scene Profiling and Image Control
4.50
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Visual Design Fundamentals Designing Through Thumbnails Designing with Digital Video Learning to See Light and Shadow Reportage and the Visual Journal Color and Design Understanding Movement, Space and Depth Collaborative Visual Design
Digital Cinematography II
The Digital Cinematography II Course focuses on the digital video filmmaking techniques necessary for the creation of independent shorts. Students learn important concepts of cinematography, including how to operate cameras, direct, edit, record production sound, light, and fill all positions necessary to digital video production. In addition, students produce a short movie from concept to completion.
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Portfolio Proposal Shoot 2: Digitally Adjusted Acquisitions Portfolio Assembly and Assessment
Course Outline
Design and Story Camera Considerations Scenic Stills Project
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Sound Control and Manipulation Designing for Realism and Impact Audio Design Project Project Edit and Assessment
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
57
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DCN 4815 DCN 2444 DCN 3435
Course Outline
Project Shoot Week 1 Project Shoot Week 2 Project Shoot Week 3 Project Shoot Week 4
Course Outline
Genre Differences Field Production: Environmental Challenges Legal Considerations
Course Outline
4 weeks
Learning to Compose with Light Lighting Strategies and Image Analysis Beauty Lighting and Lighting the Closeup Learning to Light for Emotion Product Lighting Daytime Exterior Lighting Lighting: The Bigger View
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Film Criticism
3.00 Course Length 4 weeks
Through an introduction to classical and contemporary film and media theory, the Film Criticism Course explores critical approaches to the study of film in order for students to gain an understanding of how filmmakers create meaningful experiences for their audiences. Issues relating to production, audience reaction, aesthetics, and ethics are explored, as well as an analysis of films that have contributed to critical debate and challenged the existing theoretical suppositions of their time. Focus is also given to the ways aesthetics of audiovisual images both draw context from and add context to the cultural, social, and political climate in which they are made.
Directing
The Directing Course utilizes a collaborative learning environment to introduce basic and advanced directing techniques that will prepare students for future project-oriented classes. Students will learn techniques for directing, acting, casting, and composition, and will work in every area of directing from preproduction, to post-production delivery, to critical evaluation.
Course Outline
Basic Electricity and Safety Camera and Lighting Fundamentals Exposure and Light Color Temperature Diversity of Lighting Source Introduction to Three-Point Lighting Interview Lighting Lighting Economics
Course Outline
Defining Good Filmmaking Characteristics of Successful Directors Marketablity vs. Art
Course Outline
Introductions and Overview of the Class Composition Casting Breaking the 180 Two-Minute Short Comedy/Drama
3.50
Course Length
4 weeks
Social Media Directing the Interview Effective Direction Building Stronger Characters
Film as Commentary
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
58
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DCN 4915 ENTB 376 FLM 322
Intellectual Property
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.
Course Outline
Intellectual Property Rights Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire
Course Outline
Introduction to Editing your Final Project Advanced Computerized Editing Techniques Alternative Editing Choices Production Project Completion
Course Outline
Introduction to Editing Systems The Editor as a Storyteller Tempo, Mood, and Transitions Dialogue, Sound Effects, and Music Visual Effects
Fair Use
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.50
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Sectors of the Digital Cinematography Industry Digital Cinematography Terminology Business Models Prevalent in the Digital Cinematography Industry Current Trends in Digital Cinematography Careers in Digital Cinematography
Course Outline
The Birth of Movies The Golden Age of Silent Films Integration of Sound World War II: Decline of the Studio System The Documentary Foreign Films Close-Up: Master Filmmaker Alfred Hitchcock The New Cinema of the 1960s The Hollywood Renaissance Final Exam
Course Outline
Introduction to Data Management Understanding of Codecs Containing Codec Delivering End Product Transcoding for the Web and Mobile Devices
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
2.50
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
59
Course Descriptions
Program Core
OVA 1000 FLM 463 DCN 3111
Course Outline
The Role of the Producer Phases of Production & Pipeline Episodic & Reality Production Branding Commercial & Client Production Film Production Analysis
Course Outline
Project Proposal: Submission 1 Designs and Specifications Project Proposal: Submission 2 The Preproduction Manual
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
Storytelling
The Storytelling Course uncovers the secrets behind the art, craft, and business of writing for film and television production. Students will be encouraged to think and work as film authors, and to enhance their scripts through the use of specific storytelling techniques. Students will utilize examples from past and present movies to examine a multitude of structural and stylistic techniques, which can be applied to a variety of film or television projects.
Course Outline
Structure and Outline Character Development Rewriting: Second Draft Pitching an Idea: Final Draft
Course Outline
Defining You as a Storyteller Developing a Brand Portfolio Assembly Final Assessment of Personal Goals
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks
1.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
60
Course Descriptions
Program Core
WEB 4550
General Education
ART 2007 CRW 2000
Web Design
In the Web Design Course, students explore interactive website creation as a medium for communications and a form of art. While learning the fundamentals of web design, including a basic understanding of page construction and technical skills, students explore how to use the Internet as a medium for promotion, production, and distribution. Students create outcomes by producing interactive media narrative projects and social media artwork.
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Creative Writing
The Creative Writing Course trains students to explore writing in a variety of genre forms. Building on the knowledge gained in English Composition, students in this course incorporate common literary devices and narrative structures into creative endeavors.
Course Outline
Brainstorming Literary Devices Criticism and the Editing Process Final Revisions
Course Outline
Web Design Aesthetics Web Functionality Media on the Web Web Design Project
Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
61
Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
DI GI TAL C I NE M AT OGRAP HY
62
Entertainment Computer
Bachelor of Science Degree Program Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Artists, lmmakers, musicians they dont work alone. There are teams of talented people operating behind the scenes to help develop, market, and distribute the albums, lms, and games people enjoy every day. At Full Sail, we understand that there is a unique group of passionate people who want to take on those management roles in the entertainment world whether its at a recording studio, on a lm set, in a graphic design house, or even on the road with a band. Most of our students start as consumers of the media they love, and our goal with the Entertainment Business Bachelors Degree Program is to help them translate that love into the essential skills needed to begin a career in the business side of the
Animation Business
entertainment world. Whether you want to take a position in the marketing division of an entertainment company, become an agent or manager for up-and-coming talent, or any of a multitude of other career paths, this program offers a thorough business curriculum with a focus on how those concepts apply specically to the entertainment eld.
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
63
Areas of Focus
COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
professional
CONTRACTS
IDENTITY
LEADERSHIP
skills
management
PLANNING
Communication distribute
PROMOTE
marketing
C A M PA I G N S
In the entertainment industry, being able to LEADERSHIP BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT FINAL PROJECTyour ideas effectivelyPROPOSALS communicate in person is ENTREPRENEURSHIP as vital as any business outline youll put down N E G O T I AT I N G on paper. Thats why the Entertainment Business CONTRACTS COMMUNICATIONS/ MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ program features specialized communication classes PROMOTE LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT & ACCOUNTING/ where youll learn the nuances FINANCE of communicating in LAW CONTACTS a professional environment.
N E G O T I AT I N G
management
EXPLORING
FINANCIAL
CONTRACTS
deals target
markets
teamBUILDING research
METHODS
C A M PA I G N S
intellectual
P ROP ERTY
professional
IDENTITY
LEADERSHIP
skills
deals
team-
distribute
BUSINESS
BUILDING
professional
LEADERSHIP
intellectual skills
PROPERTY
This practical training includes such essentials MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION/ as negotiating contracts and deals, pitching ideas, FINANCE & ACCOUNTING/ FINAL PROJECT and working with talent. Other highlights include LAW CONTACTS the use of new communication technologies and learning how to create a professional identity that best reects the skills you have to offer.
distribute
BUSINESS
PROMOTE
marketing PROPOSALS
management C A M PA I G N S ENTREPRENEURSHIP
FINANCIAL
target markets
EXPLORING
intellectual research
PR O PERTY
T BUSINESS BS
METHODS
FINAL PROJECT
target markets
professional
EXPLORING
research
METHODS
LEADERSHIP
N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
GEMENT
deals
BUTION/ NG/
distribute
PROMOTE
personality guiding it from concept to completion. With that in mind, youll constantly be honing your leadership skills throughout the Entertainment Business program. Youll learn effective management approaches by examining real-world case studies. And, with management courses teaching the fundamental concepts of effective team building, ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS youll learn rsthand the different traits that inspire the best in fellow employees. Implementing all of these ideas, youll take the role of leader in various N E G O T I AT I N G learning the planning and CONTRACTS COMMUNICATIONS/ projects all while BUILDING LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT management skills that youll use throughout your career.
team-
BUILDING
IDENTITY
skills
deals marketing
C A M PA I G N S
management
intellectual
LEADERSHIP
skills
ma
64
PLA
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
intellectual
P RO P ERTY
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
Areas of Focus
COMMUNICATIONS/ LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT
N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
deals
team-
professional
BUILDING
distribute
BUSINESS
PROPOSALS
PROMOTE
marketing
C A M PA I G N S
Business isnt just about great products and ideas: its also about getting those products and ideas into the hands FINAN C I A Land minds of consumers. In our specialized management PRO P ERTY marketing courses youll learn how to promote and distribute creations throughout the global entertainment marketplace.
LEADERSHIP Marketing & Distribution P L A N N I N G Law & Contracts IDENTITY management skills
intellectual
FINAL PROJECT
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
target markets
EXPLORING
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
N E G O T I AT I N G
METHODS Youll be responsible for creating a marketing campaign for a company based in the industry youre interested in entering. Youll choose your area of focus, and then follow through with the entire distribution and promotion plan for a project, following the industrys workow processes in a way designed to teach you how to identify and connect with your target market.
research
There are different legal concerns for each area of the entertainment industry, and our curriculum will prepare you with a wide breadth of legal topics that cover the variety of real-world scenarios that could arise in your career. Through different classroom exercises youll learn everything from large-scale concerns like how to protect your creative and business assets to specic topics like the liability issues involved with setting up a concert in a live venue. Specialized courses also cover the broad uses of recorded music in all aspects of entertainment, how to handle contract negotiations, and the legal aspects of managing intellectual property.
CONTRACTS
deals
LEADERSHIP
BUILDING
skills
management
PLANNING
INESS BS
N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
dealsFINAL PROJECT
team-
distribute
PROPOSALS
PROMOTE
BUILDING BUSINESS
distribute
BUSINESS
PROPOSALS
PROMOTE
marketing
C A M PA I G N S
management
Budgeting is a critical component of any companys success, so its important that you get a well-rounded foundation in the intricacies of sound nancial FINANCIAL management. During the Entertainment Business management C A M PA I G N S program, youll gain the tools you need to keep a p r company ofessio nal LEADERSHIP protable. Youll study business accounting the essential money-management skills that include EXPLORING how to create and manage nances for any markets project ENTREPRENEURSHIP or company. In addition to these business basics, youll also explore the details of residual payments, royalties, and the break-evens on project proposals FINANCIAL via dedicated economics, accounting, and statistics P R O PERTY courses, as well as a blend of theoretical and applied nance exercises drawn from the entertainment eld.
marketing
intellectual
P ROP ERTY
IDENTITY
target
PLANNING
intellectual
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
target markets
EXPLORING
research
METHODS
65
bute
Areas of Focus Areas Focus
ESS
OSALS
Networking
Entertainment Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout the undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future success. The sessions cover topics like goal setting, professional etiquette, professional communication and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
target markets
EXPLORING
research
METHODS
team-
professional
BUILDING
IDENTITY
LEADERSHIP
skills
management
PLANNING
Final Project
FINAN CIAL Your last months in the Entertainment Business management C A M PA I G N S you bringing together the many program will nd
aspects of your education to develop strategic plans for real-world business scenarios. Youll engage EXPLORING target in proper research methodologies to explore markets ENTREPRENEURSHIP your target market, differentiate yourself from competitors, and dene a unique niche within your chosen eld. The culmination of this research is a detailed activity that will cover the key elements of an entertainment business, giving you a practical representation of your skills to show to potential employers. In addition, if you choose to follow an entrepreneurial route after graduation, your background and training will equip you to develop and pursue a formal business plan.
marketing
intellectual
P ROP ERTY
research
METHODS
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS BS
N E G O T I AT I N G
CONTRACTS
deals
team-
professional
BUILDING
IDENTITY
distribute
BUSINESS
PROMOTE
marketing
C A M PA I G N S
management
EXPLORING
FINANCIAL
FINAL PROJECT
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S PROPOSALS
66
Areas of Focus
Overview
In the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program, youll make your way through a challenging curriculum that combines essential business and management skills like strategic planning, event management, leadership, nance, and entrepreneurship with entertainment-specic courses like Artist Management, Intellectual Property, and Entertainment Business Models. Courses also focus on developing both your personal and professional skills, and the project-based environment recreates the same kinds of professional scenarios youll encounter in todays business world. At the end of the program, youll be tasked with leveraging your knowledge and experience to analyze a business scenario related to your career goals and interests and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. This unique marriage of business and entertainment topics is designed to give you the full range of knowledge youll need to begin a career within an existing entertainment company or to get your own entrepreneurial idea off the ground. In addition to business-specic skills, youll also have courses focusing on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, we also have a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing your ability to succeed in entertainment business in a variety of elds including lm, music, digital media, broadcasting and gaming. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life-long learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
67
Entertainment Business
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code MUB 481 ENTB 4211 ACG 3223 ENTB 254 ENTB 251 MUM 4309 ENTB 4485 MMC 4258 ENTB 410 ENTB 2713 ENTB 376 ENTB 280 MAN 2020 MKT 210 BUL 4621 OBM 1000 ENTB 3013 MAR 3111 ENTB 3623 ENTB 4525 ENTB 4913 Totals: Course Artist Management Audience Metrics Business Accounting Business Ethics and Social Responsibility Business Law Business Technology and E-Commerce Entertainment Business Models Entertainment Media Distribution Event Management Excel and Data Reporting Intellectual Property International Business Introduction to Management Introduction to Marketing Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Principles of Business Finance Principles of Digital Marketing Principles of Entrepreneurship Professional Selling Strategic Business Management
GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.50 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 2.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 78.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Totals: 42.00 Code MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 ECO 2005 STA 2027 MAN 3152 HUM 1505 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Course College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I
5
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT POPULAR CULTURE IN MEDIA
English Composition II
Fundamentals of Physical Science Introduction to Economics Introduction to Statistics Leadership and Organizational Behavior Popular Culture in Media Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play
7
INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
9
BUSINESS ETHICS & SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY EXCEL & DATA REPORTING
10
ENGLISH COMPOSITION II
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
11
12
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
13
14
15
PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
BUSINESS ACCOUNTING
16
17
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
18
19
20
MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS
120 100
ARTIST MANAGEMENT
21
22
23
24
25
STRATEGIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY & E-COMMERCE
AUDIENCE METRICS
EVENT MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL SELLING
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
68
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUB 481 ACG 3223 ENTB 251
Artist Management
The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artists career, management contracts, development of an artists career path, and sustaining an artists career.
Business Accounting
The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned.
Business Law
The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects.
Course Outline
Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artists Career The Management Contract Planning the Artists Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control
Course Outline
The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning
Course Outline
Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Audience Metrics
The Audience Metrics Course examines how companies in the entertainment industry use key measurements and data sources to make business decisions. Students assess how audience data is used for content development and media buying. Students also learn how companies collect, analyze, summarize, and interpret real-world data related to media.
ENTB 254
Course Outline
Metrics in the Entertainment Industry Sources of Audience Metrics Audience Measurement Techniques Emerging Technologies in Audience Metrics Entertainment Industry DecisionMaking Based on Metrics
Course Outline
Ethics Historical and Current Event Case Studies Examination of Social Responsibility Business Issues
Course Outline
Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
69
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 4485 ENTB 410 ENTB 376
Event Management
The Event Management Course examines the business of event management, which has developed into a vital marketing tool for a variety of businesses. The many topics of study for event management include researching the product and company brand, identifying the target audience, creating an event concept, and developing a project management plan. This course covers the application of project management tools for successful event planning and management.
Intellectual Property
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.
Course Outline
Traditional Business Models Emerging Business Models The Role of Media Conglomerates Business Development Strategies Career Opportunities Based on Business Models
Course Outline
Overview of Event Management Event Concept Design Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Event Development
Course Outline
Intellectual Property Rights Fair Use Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Entertainment Media Distribution Course explores various avenues of publishing, including publishing rights, international publishing issues, the role of publishing companies in the entertainment business industry, the mechanics of publishing companies, and their impact on the entertainment business professional. Forms of distribution are evaluated in relation to their effectiveness for various entertainment products. In addition, students are introduced to various royalty structures and methods of collection.
ENTB 2713
International Business
The International Business Course addresses the complexity and the diversity of business practices in the international business marketplace. A variety of related topics are addressed, including: consumer differences across key international markets; international marketing strategies; economic policies; political and cultural environments and their effect on international business; the impact of geography on business transactions and distribution; and laws, treaties and international labor issues that affect international business.
Course Outline
Publishing and Distribution Principles and Terminology Publishing Companies Forms of Distribution Principles of Pricing Merchant Accounts and Credit Cards Royalty Structures and Collection
Course Outline
Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting
Course Outline
International Business Consumer Marketing Strategies for International Business Geographical Issues
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
2.50
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
70
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 2020 BUL 4621 ENTB 3013
Introduction to Management
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.
Course Outline
Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance
Course Outline
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws
Course Outline
Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Introduction to Marketing
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.
Course Outline
Digital Marketing Trends Role of Mobile Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Optimization
Course Outline
Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations Branding
Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
71
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 3623 ENTB 4913
General Education
MGF 1213
Principles of Entrepreneurship
The Principles of Entrepreneurship Course examines the role of entrepreneurs in the entertainment industry and their effect on the global economy. The behaviors and motivations of entrepreneurs are explored. Students learn the steps required to launch a start-up company. Other topics covered include types of business entities and tax implications, business licenses, competitive advantage, and operations. This course provides an examination of the challenges and benefits of choosing entrepreneurship as a career path.
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career
Course Outline
Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions
Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Professional Selling
The Professional Selling Course teaches students the importance of the business development and client relationship management roles in both large and small companies, which are critical to the success of a business. Students learn best practices in a professional sales environment and develop methods to overcome common hurdles in meeting sales objectives. Course topics include building the customer relationship, distinguishing types of sales, the relationship and differences between sales and marketing, and methods of sales forecasting and reporting. Students also learn how to deliver an effective sales presentation and explore the multitude of related career opportunities within the industry.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Role of the Sales Department Customer Buying Process Sales Proposals Leveraging Social Media in Sales Ethics in Selling
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
72
Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030 STA 2027
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Introduction to Statistics
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
Introduction to Economics
The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry.
Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources
Course Outline
Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy
Course Outline
Leadership Building Effective Teams Group Dynamics Decision-making Motivating Conflict Resolution
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
73
Course Descriptions
General Education
HUM 1505 DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and Media Technology Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Personal Image Presence and Image of Written Communication Presentation Strategies Technical Development of a Presentation
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
74
Entertainment
Business
Master of Science Degree Program
Entertainment has a wider reach than ever before just check your pockets for your smartphone, MP3 player, or handheld game system. The delivery options available today have broadened the ways we can enjoy media both at home or on the go. And as technology continues to open new avenues for the way we consume music, movies, games, and the web, the entertainment industry has become one of the most exciting elds for creative professionals. This evolution has also brought the need for a specic kind of talent to lead the next wave, which is why Full Sails Entertainment Business Masters program is designed to
provide a higher level of real-world education to students who want to position themselves for leadership roles in the media landscape. As you cover advanced business courses related to media products and distribution, youll gain a focused understanding of the tools used by managers, leaders, organizers, and innovators who make the decisions that help drive the success of the industry.
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
75
Areas of Focus
ADVANCED BUSINESS TRAINING
BUSINESS
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS
THEORY
BUSINESS
SKILL
development
NETWORKING
ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS
guest SPEAKERS
THEORY
entertainment SKILL
EXECUTIVE NETWORKING
artist
PERSPECTIVE
LEA
CAPSTONE PROJECTS
ENTERTAINMENT FOCUS
professional
DEVELOPMENT
guest SPEAKERS
keynote presentations
MULTIMEDIA
entertainment
CAPSTONE PROJECTS
professional
DEVELOPMENT
keynote presentations
storyboarding
SKILL
LEADERSHIP
development
NETWORKING
skills
N E G O T I AT I N G
storyboarding The Entertainment Business Masters program takes your education beyond the classroom by having you interact with the entertainment business and traditional business communities. You might meet with a commercial banker about getting business loans and other bank services, or talk with a private investor and nd out what they look for when investing in new companies. In addition to expanding your knowledge of business theory, these meetings allow you to hone the personal skills it takes to be an engaging leader and negotiator in the entertainment world.
mD
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
76
EORY
INESS
Areas of Focus
SKILL
LEADERSHIP
development
NETWORKING
skills
N E G O T I AT I N G
PEAKERS
est
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
ional
keynote
MULTIMEDIA
DIGITAL
storyboarding
marketing DISTRIBUTION
HEORY
SINESS
SKILL
LEADERSHIP
development
NETWORKING
skills
|
Master of Science Degree Program 77
N E G O T I AT I N G
uest PEAKERS
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
NT
Areas of Focus
guest
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
guest S P E A K E R S artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
OJECTS
DEVELOPMENT
professional
MULTIMEDIA
EORY
Capstone Project
INESS
SKILL
LEADERSHIP
development
NETWORKING
skills
N E G O T I AT I N G
est PEAKERS
ional
LOPMENT
Your Masters program is highlighted by a business plan capstone project designed to showcase the skills youve learned throughout the program. Adhering to a standard industry format, youll create a detailed proposal for your own entertainment or media company covering all the nancial aspects that an investor would want to see. Your business plan will demonstrate that you know how to and MULTIMEDIA plan think like a professional, including how to budget and control your nances, market and distribute your product, and plan for top organizational performance.
entertainment
INDUSTRY careers
artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
keynote presentations
DIGITAL
storyboarding
marketing DISTRIBUTION
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
78
Areas of Focus
Overview
Our Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree Program is an advanced exploration of the specic business and management skills you need to excel and lead in the entertainment world. This balanced and in-depth curriculum will take you through courses such as Executive Leadership, Advanced Entertainment Law, Entertainment Business Finance, Business Storytelling and Brand Development, and Negotiation and Deal Making as you expand your knowledge of the way the business world works. Through this specialized education, youll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those to exercises that develop your own leadership abilities. As a conclusion to the program, youll be responsible for a business plan which will require you to make practical use of important entertainment business concepts like project management, nancial planning, business plan development, contract negotiation, digital marketing, branding, and global business strategy. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in a variety of entertainment business industries such as recording arts, show production and touring, digital media and web, game design and development, computer animation, and lm & television. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, entertainment business nance, negotiation techniques, product and artist management, entertainment law, media publishing, media distribution, digital marketing, and business plan development. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the business side of the entertainment eld. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the entertainment and media industry.
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
79
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code BUL 5628 GEB 611 MAR 628 MAR 680 GEB 650 MMC 6256 MAN 629 EBM 691 MDL 501 MAN 6446 EBM 590 MAN 602 Totals: Course Advanced Entertainment Law Business Plan Development Business Storytelling and Brand Development Digital Marketing Entertainment Business Finance Entertainment Media Publishing and Distribution Executive Leadership Final Project: Business Plan Mastery: Personal Leadership and Development Negotiation and Deal-Making Product and Artist Management Project and Team Management
4
BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT
8
ADVANCED ENTERTAINMENT LAW
9
ENTERTAINMENT MEDIA PUBLISHING & DISTRIBUTION
10
DIGITAL MARKETING
11
12
41.5 48
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
80
Course Descriptions
Program Core
BUL 5628 GEB 611 MAR 680
Digital Marketing
The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online.
Course Outline
Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Research Report on the Chosen Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan Management Plan
Course Outline
Overview of Intellectual Property Principles Evolution of Entertainment Law Protection of Rights In the Digital Domain Role of Changing Technology Trends Affecting Entertainment Contracts Case Studies in Entertainment Law
Course Outline
Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Brand Development Overview Brand Development Principles and Techniques Brand Development Case Studies Construction of a Story Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Personal Brand Identity
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
81
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GEB 650 MMC 6256 EBM 691
Course Outline
Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Completion of Written Business Plan Business Plan Presentation
Course Outline
Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Funding Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Pro Forma Financial Projections Capital Funding and Management Operations Expense Management Personal Finance
Course Outline
Overview of Traditional Publishing and Distribution Methods Exploration of New Digital Publishing and Distribution Models Publishing and Distribution Case Studies Digital Rights Management Social Media and Piracy Issues Development of a Publishing/ Distribution Plan
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
3.50
Course length
Executive Leadership
This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in todays entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industrys leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals.
Course Outline
Executive Leadership Qualities Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field Personal Assessments Power and Influence Mentoring Leading in Change Executive Leadership Case Studies
Course Outline
Mastery Concepts Case Studies In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Leadership Principles
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S Master of Science Degree Program
82
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 6446 EBM 590 MAN 602
Course Outline
An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Role-playing Negotiation Deal Memos and Contracts Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies
Course Outline
Overview of Artist Management Strategic Artist Management Techniques Overview of Product Management The Integration of the Artists and the Media Product Current Issues Affecting Artist and Product Management Problem-solving Techniques for Artists Case Studies in Artist and Product Management
Course Outline
Section 1: Project Management: Creating a Project Plan Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Budget Management Section 2: Team Management: Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
83
Entertainment
Business
Sports Management Elective Track
Master of Science Degree Program
Teams and leagues on the amateur, collegiate, and professional level are supported by the organizations that operate their venues and facilities, the marketing and promotion groups that generate interest in the game and its athletes, the companies that sell the tickets, the broadcast outlets who bring the games to fans, and the executives who coordinate these multiple elements. Full Sail Universitys Entertainment Business Masters with a Sports Management Elective Track is designed to provide you with an advanced business education that addresses the specic needs of the sports industry, preparing you for a career in one of its many professional branches.
The Sports Management Elective Track is specically tailored to the needs of the sports industry, and youll explore concepts such as Sports Management and Operations, Legal Issues in Sports, and Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales, in addition to the advanced business concepts like Project and Team Management, Executive Leadership, Entertainment Business Finance, and Negotiation and Deal-Making that are a part of Full Sails Entertainment Business Masters Degree Program.
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
84
BUSINESS
THEORY
MENT
guest SPEAKERS
professional
In this course, youll explore the management practices of the sports and entertainment industry, with an emphasis on sports management practices and operational scenarios that frequently occur in the industry. Youll learn about professional and amateur athletics, organizational structures, sports operations and logistics, and sports business models as you work to formulate a sports management plan for INDUSTRY your Business Plan project.
SKILL
development
LEADERSHIP
skills
N E G O T I AT I N G
entertainment
careers
artist
PERSPECTIVE
PROJECTS
DEVELOPMENT
SKILL
development
NETWORKING
entertainment
The legal issues that impact the sports industry are a fundamental aspect of the business. From presentations ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS MS contracts and licensing to risk management, a strong awareness and understanding of these issues is important to ones success in the eld. Beyond the traditional legal aspects of B sports USINESS ADVANCED BUSINESS the digital revolution has also management, TRAININGimpacted the industry, so youll learn strategies The roles that sponsorships and the media play for protecting and exploiting rights in the digital in the sports management industry are huge. domain and analyze case studies to understand In this course, youll be placed in real-world how the sports industry has evolved in light of N E G O T I AT ING scenarios that will require you to apply problemchanging technologies and the law. Youll also ENTERTAINMENT SPEAKERS INDUSTRY careers solving techniques to resolve sports marketing FOCUS have the opportunity to focus on the impact of and sponsorship issues. Youll also examine the law on sports and examine how evolving sports organizations, advertisers, and the media, trends are affecting the way sports agreements learning how each MULTIMEDIA approaches concepts like are structured. CAPSTONE PROJECTS professional marketing, promotions, and sponsorship sales. DEVELOPMENT
keynote
In this important course, youll learn how to structure common types of entertainment deals while practicing negotiation techniques during role-playing scenarios. Its your chance to explore deal-making case studies to learn which negotiation concepts actually work best within the industry.
DIGITAL
storyboarding
marketing DISTRIBUTION
NETWORKING
THEORY
LEADERSHIP
guest
skills
entertainment
artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
INDUSTRY careers
artist
PERSPECTIVE
EXECUTIVE
keynote presentations
DIGITAL
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
storyboarding
85
Overview
The Entertainment Business Master of Science Degree with a Sports Management Elective Track is an advanced exploration of the specic sports management and business skills you need to excel in the entertainment and sports business industry. This balanced and in-depth curriculum includes courses such as Executive Leadership, Sports Management and Operations, Project and Team Management, Legal Issues in Sports, Negotiation and Deal-making, Sports Marketing and Sponsorships, Entertainment Business Finance, and Business Plan Development. Throughout this specialized education, youll learn the strategies of top executives and apply those exercises to develop your own leadership abilities. Youll also complete two capstone projects a leadership portfolio and a business plan thesis which will require you to make practical use of important business concepts like project management, contract negotiation, sports marketing, nancial planning, and business plan development. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership and business skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the entertainment and sports industry. To help you make that transition, Full Sail University has a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors are available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business skills necessary to be successful in the entertainment and sports industry. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the sports and entertainment business elds. The curriculum in this degree program encompasses courses that address executive leadership skills, project and team management, sports management and operations, legal issues in sports, negotiation and deal-making, sports marketing, internet marketing, and business plan development. In addition to business prociency, your education will help you develop critical-thinking, problem-solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career.
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
86
Entertainment Business
PROGRAM CORE
Code GEB 611 MAR 628 MAR 680 GEB 650 MAN 629 EBM 691 BUL 5581 EDM 601 MAN 6446 MAN 602 MAN 6223 MAR 6111 Totals: Course Business Plan Development Business Storytelling and Brand Development Digital Marketing Entertainment Business Finance Executive Leadership Final Project: Business Plan Legal Issues in Sports Media Literacy and Research Methodologies Negotiation and Deal-Making Project and Team Management Sports Management and Operations Sports Marketing and Sponsorship Sales
10
DIGITAL MARKETING
11
12
41.5 48
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
87
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GEB 611 MAR 628 MAR 680
Digital Marketing
The Digital Marketing Course focuses on the development of effective marketing plans that promote entertainment within a dynamic digital environment. The course takes an integrated approach to digital marketing through a combination of hands-on exercises, case analysis, and current industry research. Students will explore how to coordinate marketing initiatives across online and offline channels and between desktop and mobile audiences. In addition to understanding the tools and techniques required to create a digital marketing plan, students will develop the skills to manage their own professional presence online.
Course Outline
Review of Business Concepts Presentation of Business Plan to Include: Relative Entertainment Portfolio Items Research Report on the Entertainment Economy of Chosen Entertainment Industry Financial Plan Marketing Plan: Traditional, Internet and Mobile Management Plan
Course Outline
Brand Development Overview Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Construction of a Story Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand
Course Outline
Overview of Digital Media Digital Revenue Models Mobile Trends and Technologies Measurements and Analytics Search Engine Marketing Digital Advertising and Promotion Social Media and Customer Engagement Media Planning, Buying, and Campaign Management Storytelling and Brand
Website Plan
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
88
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GEB 650 MAN 629 BUL 5581
Executive Leadership
This course examines the qualities necessary to be an executive leader in todays entertainment business field. Various industries are examined to ensure an understanding of a given industrys leadership styles and traits. Students explore effective decision-making processes, power and influence, mentoring, leading organizational change, negotiation skills, and investing in and managing relationships to achieve business goals.
Course Outline
Executive Leadership Qualities Personal Assessments Mentoring Leading in Change Executive Leadership Case Studies Leaders in the Entertainment Business Field
Course Outline
Identifying Entertainment Business Opportunities Raising Finances to Fund Entertainment Business Plans and/or Projects Understanding Financial Contracts Development of Financial Decisionmaking Strategies Financial Planning Leasing Acquisitions Capital Funding and Management Entertainment Leadership Portfolio
Course Outline
Overview of Intellectual Property and Licensing Risk Management in Sports Overview of Contract Law Role of Changing Technology Case Studies in Sports Law
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
Course Outline
Finalize Startup Funding and Financial Pro Forma Executive Summary Development Completion of Written Business Plan Business Plan Presentation
Course Outline
Media Research, Sampling, and Validity Online Research Databases and Tools Literature Review Research Proposals Media Project Formation
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
89
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 6446 MAN 602 MAN 6223
Course Outline
An Overview of Negotiation Techniques Deal-making Structures and Outlines Self-awareness and Negotiation Skill Development Tools and Concepts to Prepare for Negotiation Role-playing Negotiation Scenarios and Critiquing Negotiation and Deal-making Case Studies
Course Outline
Overview of the Sports Industry Professional and Amateur Athletics Operational Issues: Athletes, Facilities, and the Media Ticketing, Facilities, and Event Logistics Sports Management Plan Case Studies in Sports Management
Course Outline
Section 1: Project Management Creating a Project Plan Understanding Project Planning Software Team Management Concepts and Theories Team Management Case Studies Managing Team Morale Managing Team Time Management Confronting Team Conflict Inspiring a Team
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Project Plan Development and Execution Project Management and Budget Management Section 2: Team Management Aligning Project Tasks with Team Talent
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Overview of Sports Marketing and Promotion Sponsorship Sales and Media Customer Relationship Management Sports Marketing Case Studies Sports Marketing Plan
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
E NT E RTAI NM E NT B US I NE S S
90
Game
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Todays video game graphics are more realistic and impactful than ever. If youve considered taking your artistic talents to the game industry, Full Sails Game Art bachelors degree program can help you learn the same production methods used to create 3D art for gaming projects. In this degree program, youll examine the fundamentals of interactive graphics development including character creation, environment and prop creation, the production pipeline, in-game effects, and animation and learn how these principles function within a game engine. Youll also learn how to take traditional art and animation principles and apply them to models that look and move realistically.
Art
The practical application of these combined skills happens in your nal portfolio courses, in which you will create content within a chosen discipline of study to showcase your artistic skills. Throughout the program, youll also develop the personal and professional skills that will help you be an effective member of a game development team.
Areas of Focus
Art Creation Collaborative Development Demo Reel Modeling
GAM E ART
91
artistic
F U N D AM E N TAL S
Areas of Focus
ANIMATION
c o n c e p ts
modeling
STRATEGIES
O PTIMIZATIO N
VISUAL
depth
LIGHTING
S H A D ING
texturing
objects CHARACTERS
TEXTURING
landscapes
Art Creation
After grasping the basics of computer art, its time STORYBOARD to add the visual depth that denes great animation. SCRIPTING BUILDING Youll learn how to use lighting, shading, and texturing to breathe realistic qualities into your characters and how to combine those elements to create industry-ready real-time graphics. Building on the essentials youve already learned, youll apply those skills on projects that will see you creating objects, characters, and landscapes for expansive and imaginative 3D game worlds.
team
special EF F ECTS
stic
AL
3D
E N TAL S
ANIMATION
co n c e p t s
modeling
STRATEGIES
GAME DEV
OP T IM I Z AT ION
CONTENT
artistic
FUNDAMENTALS
epth
LIGHTING
S H A D ING
texturing
objects CHARACTERS
ART CREATION
3D
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
ANIMATION
c o n c e p ts
modeling
STRATEGIES
O P T IM IZ AT IO N
CONTENT
landscapes
VISUAL
BOARD RIPTING
team
TEXTURING
BUILDING
special EFFEC TS
COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL
depth
LIGHTING
SH A D I N G
texturing
objects CHARACTERS
TEXTURING
landscapes
STORYBOARD SCRIPTING
team
BUILDING
special EF F EC TS
GAM E ART
92
LIGHTING
SHA DING
S H A D IN G
texturing
CHARACTERS
STORYBOARD texturing
teamlandscapes
BUILDING
TEXTURING
objects CHARACTERS
special E F F E CT S
landscapes
TEXTURING Development
Collaborative
Demo Reel
By the end of the Game Art program you will have amassed a wealth of content that shows an employer the comprehensive skills and artistic techniques youve mastered. During your nal months, youll collect all of these assets and put them together for your personal demo reel.
team
BUILDING
After mastering the world of game art creation youll work together with students from Full Sails Game Development Degree Program to design and produce an original game project from start to nish. This collaborative environment will help you learn to deliver content on a deadline as well as how to GAME DEVguidelines set by a real-world work within production team.
special E FFE CT S
In a dedicated Demo Reel Creation course, your instructors will re-evaluate what youve created throughout your classes, and help you gear your portfolio to the area of the industry youre most Youll storyboard and script with a team of interested in pursuing. The reel will show off your programmers, and work with them to dene the ANIMATION FOUNDATION FUND A MENTA L S artistic strengths and technical prociency in such c o n c e p ts visual qualities and requirements for the game. areas as character modeling, animation, texturing, Then youll go to work using the skills and techniques and special effects, offering a well-rounded learned throughout the program to develop the demonstration of your talents to help launch graphics and environments for a fully playable game. your career. In addition to learning industry workow and how
artistic
VISUAL
3D
ANIMATION
modeling
STRATEGIES
ART CREATION
to operate in a team setting, this integrated project setting will allow you to see your graphics as part of a nal product and test how they hold up in a practical application. All of these factors give you the advantage of coming COLLABORATIVE DEV/ out of school as an artist who has already DEMO REEL worked on a fully functional game.
depth
LIGHTING
SHADI NG
texturing
objects CHARA
TEXTURING
lands
STORYBOARD SCRIPTING
team
BUILDING
specia EFFECT
GAM E ART
93
GAME DEV
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
artistic
FUN D A ME NTA LS
ART CREATION
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
artistic 3D
ANIMATION
concepts
F U N D A ME N TA L S
3D ANIMATION modeling
STRATEGIES
concepts
modeling
STRATEGIES
OPTIMIZAT
CONTE
3DART CREATION
conce p ts
NIMATION
modeling
STRATEGIES
VISUAL
OPTIM IZATION
COLLABORATIVE DEV/ DEMO REEL
CONTENT depth
depth LIGHTING
SHADING
texturing STORYBOARD SCRIPTING
VISUAL
LIGHTING
SHADING
texturing
objects CHARACTERS
BUILDING
objects CHARACTERS
special EF F EC TS
landscapes
STORYBOARD texturing Game content follows fundamental artistic guidelines landscapes DEMO REEL SCRIPTING even when youre working within the expanse of 3D
BUILDING
digital graphics. The modeling foundations covered in the Game Art program will help you draw a parallel between TEXTURING traditional art and modeling techniques and todays leading digital art software the way characters, objects, E FFE CTS and environments look and act in real life, and how you can capture that same realism when recreating them in the digital world.
GHTING Modeling
objects CHARACTERS
special
team
landscapesTEXTURING
team
TEXTURING
BUILDING
special E FFE CT S
team
GAME DEV
To further introduce you to the world of game graphics, the program also emphasizes the core 3D animation concepts that are essential to the industry. As you explore the latest game platforms, youll learn the strategies of professional modelers and discover how to create great-looking content and optimize it to the standards of todays hardware.
ANIMATION FOUNDATION
artistic
F UN DAMEN TAL S
3D
ANIMATION
concepts
modeling
STRATEGIES
ART CREATION
VISUAL
depth
LIGHTING
S HADI NG
texturing
GAM E ART
objects CHARACTERS
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
landscapes
94
Overview
Full Sails Game Art Bachelors Degree Program is designed to develop artists well-versed in 3D asset creation for game development. With a focus on 3D content for consoles and computers, youll work your way through project-based classes that follow a clear progression from the basics of digital art creation up through the latest trends and tools. Along the way classes like Character Animation, Game Production, Production Modeling, Level Design, and Shading and Effects will help you gain the skills necessary to move and improve content through the production pipeline. Each of these specialized classes is based around the same workow processes found at professional gaming studios including such core concepts as animation, character modeling, lighting and shading, and texturing. Supporting these industry-specic foundations are classes focusing on the ne art aspects of game content development as well as courses focusing on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the gaming industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum, and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of 3D computer environmental modeling, game textures, and character animation needed to qualify for entry-level positions in the game industry as game artists, scene builders, character designers, technical directors, motion animators, and animators. Besides the programs strong 3D computer graphics focus, you will build other skills in peripheral media and digital courses that will enhance your opportunities in related elds. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
GAME ART
95
Game Art
PROGRAM CORE
Code CGA 221 CGA 121 CGG 443 CGG 351 CGA 321 CGA 342 CGA 451 CGA 453 CGA 241 CGA 131 CGA 101 CGA 102 CGG 333 CGG 391 CGG 401 CGG 381 CGG 452 CGA 112 DIG 1301 ODT 1000 CGA 482 CGA 352 CAB 101 CAB 302 CAB 403 GRA 1161 CGG 432 Totals: Course
Code ART 2006 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PHY 1000 MTG 1205 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:
Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physics Geometry and Measurement
3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
2D Animation 3D Foundations Advanced Game Characters Art Creation for Games Character Animation I Character Design and Creation Character Rigging I Character Rigging II Compositing Fundamentals Fundamentals of Animation Fundamentals of Art I Fundamentals of Art II Game Animation Game Portfolio I Game Portfolio II Game Production Level Assembly and Lighting Methods of Design Model Creation Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Portfolio Assembly Production Modeling Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Shading and Lighting Texture Painting and Sculpting
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
ART HISTORY
10
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART I
3D FOUNDATIONS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ART II
MODEL CREATION
30.00
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS METHODS OF DESIGN CHARACTER DESIGN & CREATION GEOMETRY & MEASUREMENT
123 128
16
17
18
19
20
PRODUCTION MODELING
2D ANIMATION
COMPOSITING FUNDAMENTALS
FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMATION
CHARACTER RIGGING I
21
22
23
ART CREATION FOR GAMES PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
24
25
GAME ANIMATION
26
27
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
28
29
30
GAME PRODUCTION
GAME PORTFOLIO I
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
31
32
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
GAME PORTFOLIO II
PORTFOLIO ASSEMBLY
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GAM E ART
96
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 221 CGG 443 CGA 321
2D Animation
The 2D Animation Course develops students appreciation of the technique and craft involved in hand-drawn 2D animation, and promotes the understanding and successful application of the fundamental principles of traditional animation. Using pencil and paper to explore this art form, students are physically responsible for controlling and manipulating a subjects volume, weight, proportion, acting, and movement, thus gaining a more thorough understanding of the animation process. This foundation of traditional animation broadens students skills as computer animators and enhances their creative ability.
Character Animation I
The Character Animation I Course focuses on the basics of creating strong character animation in 3D software. Students will develop methods for planning an animation, which helps them learn to create work effectively and efficiently. Students will also explore what is important in creating movement that appears lifelike and believable for a character. The goal of this course is to teach students to create character animation that implements strong posing, good staging, and advanced mechanics of motion, while using an effective and efficient workflow.
Course Outline
Animation Fundamentals Principles of Animation Timing Charts Character Animation Advanced Character Principles Clean Up Character Personality
Course Outline
Anatomy Sculpting Head Sculpting and Detailing Creating Clothing Building Game Topology Texturing
Course Outline
Intermediate to Advanced Character Animation Scene Composition and Staging Group Participation and Critique Scene Planning and Workflow
4 weeks
Entertainment Analysis
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
CGA 342
Course Outline
Modular Modeling Digital Detail Sculpting Texture Creation Level Construction Real Time Lighting
Course Outline
Introduction to Operating Systems Introduction to Digital Imagery Photoshop Interface and Tools Digital Concept Art Introduction to the Maya Interface Working in the 3D World Geometry and Surface Types Working with Objects and Components
Course Outline
Character Design NURBS Modeling Sub Division Surface Modeling Painting Character Textures Generating Textures for Characters Character Rendering
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
GAM E ART
97
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGA 451 CGA 241 CGA 101
Character Rigging I
The Character Rigging I Course introduces students to the foundations of character rigging, which is the process of adding joints and controls to a character that allows an animator to make the it move in a realistic manner. Similar to making a puppet, rigging gives the artist the ability to control a CG character, making it a pivotal step in the animation process. Students will also be introduced to the fundamentals of python programming, which allows artists to modify systems based on a particular job in the animation world. With these programming techniques, students will be able to develop new tools and systems to aid in the development of their character rig.
Compositing Fundamentals
The Compositing Fundamentals Course introduces students to beginning and intermediate compositing and integration techniques commonly utilized by film and video professionals. The course focuses on the seamless integration of computer-generated elements with real-world live-action video footage. Students learn how to accurately reconstruct and composite computer generated elements to properly match a high-definition film or video source while working in a node-based compositing environment.
Fundamentals of Art I
The Fundamentals of Art I Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
Course Outline
Object Observation Textures and Lighting Color Theory Composition and Space
Course Outline
Matte Creation Techniques 3D Card Systems and Camera Mapping Node-based Compositing
Course Outline
Joint Creation and Layout Control Building and Constraints Custom Attribute Creation Set Driven Keyframes Smooth Binding and Weight Painting Techniques Python Fundamentals Python Tool Development
Photoshop Fundamentals
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4 weeks
CGA 102
Fundamentals of Art II
The Fundamentals of Art II Course prepares students for the virtual world by having them step away from the computer and observe, touch, and create in the real world. These courses suggest that real-world observation and touch is invaluable in the planning of 3D computer graphics.
Fundamentals of Animation
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
The Fundamentals of Animation Course provides students with the animation tools required to create, manipulate, and refine any computer-animated sequence. Building on the traditional animation fundamentals of motion and timing, the course teaches students computer animation techniques and applies them to the process of animating modeled projects. The course focuses on positional animation and control with the use of keyframing, timing curves, dope sheets, and dependency graphs, as well as the tools to manipulate them.
Course Outline
Life Drawing Animal and Environment Observation Character Development Sculpting
Character Rigging II
The Character Rigging II Course builds upon the skills learned in Character Rigging I. Students will explore the process of binding and weighting the skin on models to deform in an organic manner, based on preproduction research. Students will also explore more advanced rigging techniques, such as detailed facial control systems and muscle systems, as well as how to integrate dynamic character systems such as cloth, hair and fur simulation into a production workflow.
Course Outline
Keyframe Animation Motion Timing and Analysis Dope Sheet and Action Graphs Hierarchical Animation Camera and Light Positional Animation Animation Rendering
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Skin Deformation Muscle Systems Advanced Deformers Advanced Facial Setups Dynamic Systems (Cloth, Hair, and Fur) Advance Mathematical Connections Scripted Controls
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
GAM E ART
98
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGG 333 CGG 401 CGG 452
Game Animation
The Game Animation Course provides students with their first opportunity to produce animated sequences and cycles for game play. Students develop an overall understanding of animation as it applies to the game industry with a focus on game engine constraints and requirements. Students in this course pay special attention to character anatomy, rigging constraints, and reusability within all aspects of a game.
Game Portfolio II
The Game Portfolio II Course, students develop their third portfolio piece showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I and II to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a third high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.
Course Outline
Character Anatomy Rigging Application of Animation Motion Analysis Timing Development Reusability and Blending
Course Outline
Time Management Portfolio Asset Creation Portfolio Presentation
Course Outline
Game Level Editor Asset Creation Advanced Assembly Advanced Real Time Lighting Particle Effects Game Play Interaction
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Game Production
The Game Production Course allows students to use the tools, techniques, workflow and artistic skill developed through the Game Art foundation courses and apply it to the creation of portfolio assets. Students develop skills in time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.
Game Portfolio I
The Game Portfolio I Course, students continue developing portfolio content showcasing their artistic and technical skill in their chosen discipline. Students will build on the skills learned in Game Portfolio I to improve their time management, production workflow, and portfolio presentation. Students leave the course with a second high quality game art portfolio piece and presentation images and/or movie for use in Portfolio Assembly.
CGA 112
Methods of Design
The Methods of Design Course focuses on the extensive and complex ideas and implications of basic design to help students understand that design is deliberate, allowing them to intellectually connect artistic intention and compositional conclusion. In this course, students plan, organize, and control hands-on projects using various media. They also use gained knowledge to design environments and simple characters throughout the course.
Course Outline
Time Management Portfolio Presentation
Course Outline
Time Management Portfolio Asset Creation Portfolio Presentation
Course Outline
Critical Thinking Narrative and Non-narrative Architecture and Scenery Character Design and Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
GAM E ART
99
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DIG 1301 CGA 482 CAB 101, 302, 403
Model Creation
The Model Creation Course explores the beginning of the computer animation process by creating hard-surface models from concept art to final computergenerated imagery. During an in-depth exploration of the NURBS modeling tool set, comparisons of the relative differences between polygon, NURBS, and subdivision surface definitions are made. Students will develop techniques and strategies for creation of efficient virtual surfaces.
Portfolio Assembly
The Portfolio Assembly Course provides students with the time to develop a demo reel commonly expected during interviews. During this time, students take the content developed throughout their degree program and assemble it into a presentable package. Prior to the creation of the demo reel, a students content is reviewed in an effort to help the student determine the best material for showcasing his or her talent.
Course Outline
Surface Creation Methods Building Strategies 3D Modeling Basics Curves and Surfaces Surface Continuity Trimming and Blending Modeling Optimization
Course Outline
Content Review and Assembly Audio Assembly Demo Reel Output Demo Reel Review Package Presentation Development
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices
1.00/2.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
ODT 1000
Course Outline
Textures and Shaders Image Manipulation Reflection and Refraction Lighting Strategies Highlights and Shadows Rendering and Raytracing Optimization
Course Outline
Advanced Modeling Techniques Production Modeling Geometry Parameterization Anatomical Modeling Surface Flow
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GAM E ART
100
Course Descriptions
Program Core
CGG 432
General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Advanced Digital Sculpting Map Generation Texture Creation Materials
Course Outline
Ancient Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GAM E ART
101
Course Descriptions
General Education
PHY 1000 COM 3109
Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.
Course Outline
Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
MTG 1205
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
A Brief History of Geometry Inductive and Deductive Reasoning Foundations of Geometry Triangles Parallel Lines and Polygons Quadrilaterals Similar Triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem Circles Areas of Polygons and Circles Solid Geometry Analytic Geometry Trigonometry Polar Coordinates
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
102
Game
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Video games arent just great entertainment, theyre one of the most dynamic areas of the entertainment world, with successful games generating revenue that rivals some of the biggest lm and album releases. It takes the right kind of leaders to help manage the titles that innovate and inspire gamers, and keep the industry growing both creatively and nancially. Todays top game development houses thrive on the leadership of a great production staff to oversee their multimillion dollar titles, and Full Sails Game
Design
Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program will help you become one of these creative decision makers. With curriculum based on the processes used at the most respected studios in the world, this Bachelors program is designed to prepare you to meet the design, leadership, and management needs of this creative industry.
Areas of Focus
Team Leadership Fine Arts Project Modeling Management Animation Design Effects Capstone Game Project Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
GAM E DE S I GN
103
ASTERS BS
Team Leadership
Game development is an intensely collaborative process with designers, artists, animators, programmers, and audio specialists working together to produce high-quality assets based around a unied vision. As a game producer, being able to understand these different roles and help them work together DESIGN efciently is the key to developing a creative and DESIGN successful production environment.
Project Management
Video games are one of the most complex art forms in entertainment, bringing audio, visual, and tactile elements together in one interactive package. With so many different assets being created across multiple departments, effective organization and administration is essential to keeping a game on schedule and under budget.
EXPERIENCES
creating
NT
The Game Design Bachelors program puts you in a leadership role, as you learn to coordinate a large, diverse team and help them operate as an integrated unit. Dedicated classes help you develop strong leadership skills, teaching you to streamline a This Bachelors program covers the entire scope of GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT development process that supports the needs of a development cycle. After taking core classes in both your team and the studio. The end GAME result isCAPSTONE Asset Management, Production Methodologies, and PROJECT a leadership approach thats both inspirational Quality Assurance, youll collaborate with artists and and productive. programmers and work with that team throughout production to delegate tasks, problem-solve, and hit milestones. Youll also learn the best practices of industry-standard project management, scheduling, and bug-tracking software that will keep your game on schedule while maintaining the quality of the product.
for PLAYERS
GAM E DE S I GN
EXPERIENCES
creating
104
MENT
Areas of Focus
for PLAYERS
EXPERIENCES
creating
for PLAYERS
EXPERIENCES
creating
ROJECT
Design
The classic games you grew up with started as just simple concepts ideas that were later brought to life by a dedicated team of designers, artists, and producers. Supporting innovative new concepts is one of the responsibilities of a producer at a game studio, and to produce successful products, youll need to understand the precise balance of story and gameplay that makes for a well-designed game. Our specialized Bachelors curriculum teaches the elements of great design. Courses in Game Design and Design Mechanics stress the importance of developing a unied approach to gameplay in the initial design stage, and maintaining that standard throughout production. Theres a real craft to bringing all the components of a game together to develop a nely tuned experience these courses will show you how to implement design standards in a way that best serves the needs of the project.
GAM E DE S I GN
105
Areas of Focus
creating
for PLAYERS
for PLAYERS
GAME CAPSTONE PROJECT
EXPERIENCES
creating
The program culminates with the Game Capstone Project. Youll be joining a game production team PSTONE PROJECT as a leader, coordinating a group of artists and programmers as they design and code the graphics, gameplay, and audio for a fully playable game. This real-world studio scenario will require you to draw on every element of your design and production education as you guide and support the team through every stage of production. Youll develop game documents to guide the project, create a project plan, organize and gather assets, coordinate integration between departments, develop marketing strategies, and nally work to prepare the game for delivery.
GAM E DE S I GN
106
Areas of Focus
Overview
The curriculum in the Game Design Bachelor of Science Degree Program is comprised of high-level game design and production courses that take you deep into the game development pipeline. Youll expand and advance your project and design skills through hands-on exercises in leadership, team management, game design, and marketing while you learn the skills youll need to advance your career in the game production industry. During the course of the program, you will be responsible for completing a design document, an academic capstone project, and a presentation. The Capstone Project is designed to help you develop the project and team management skills youll need to succeed in the game development eld. In this project you will be paired with a group of undergraduate programmers and game artists to plan the genre and scope of a fully playable game. You will be acting as a Producer on this project, helping guide the team through the gameplay design, determining technological issues, as well as managing assets and the production timeline. This well-rounded education will help to hone your leadership, design, and project management skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the game industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of game development necessary to be successful in qualifying for entry-level design and production positions. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to work in the fast-paced environment of a game studio in an entrylevel production role. The curriculum in this program develops your executive leadership skills, project and team management abilities, and teaches the production methodologies, as well as the marketing and media relations concepts used by major game studios. In addition to technical prociency, a Full Sail education is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the game and entertainment industries. The training you receive in this program will provide you with the tools to help sustain a long and productive career in the game and entertainment industries.
GAME DESIGN
107
Game Design
PROGRAM CORE
Code GDN 4340 GDN 2130 GDN 3140 GDN 1150 GDN 1440 GDN 4630 GDN 4730 GDN 4840 GDN 1230 GDN 4240 GDN 3841 GDN 1130 GDN 3340 GDN 3100 GDN 3631 ODT 1000 GDN 3241 GDN 3242 GDN 111 GDN 112 GDN 223 GDN 4141 GDN 4540 GDN 1341 GDN 3230 GDN 2240 GDN 3741 Totals: Course
GENERAL EDUCATION
Code DGL 1012 ENC 1101 MGF 1040 PHY 1000 HIS 2320 SPC 2140 DEP 1013 MGF 1340 Totals: Course Digital Literacy English Composition I Finite Math Fundamentals of Physics Historical Archetypes and Mythology Interpersonal Communications Psychology of Play Statistics
3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
Aesthetics and Immersion Design and Development Analysis Design Project Design Tools Economics Game Design Final Project I Game Design Final Project II Game Design Final Project III Game Design I Game Design II Game Development Game History Game Mechanics Leadership Level Design Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Programming Foundations I Programming Foundations II Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Prototyping Research and Marketing Storytelling for Games Team Building Usability World Building
Credit Hours 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 30.00
11 12 6 7
DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
GAME HISTORY
9
HISTORICAL ARCHETYPES & MYTHOLOGY
10
DESIGN TOOLS
FINITE MATH
GAME DESIGN I
13
DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT ANALYSIS
14
15
STATISTICS
ECONOMICS
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS
USABILITY
120 128
16
17
18
19
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
20
LEADERSHIP
TEAM BUILDING
DESIGN PROJECT
GAME MECHANICS
21
22
23
24
25
PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS I
PROGRAMMING FOUNDATIONS II
LEVEL DESIGN
WORLD BUILDING
GAME DEVELOPMENT
26
27
28
GAME DESIGN II PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
29
30
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
31
32
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GAM E DE S I GN
108
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 4340 GDN 3140 GDN 1440
Design Project
The Design Project Course challenges students to apply what they have learned in the first half of this program in design classes such as Game Design I and Storytelling, personal development courses like Team Building and Leadership, and critical and analytical classes such as Economics and Usability. In studentled teams, participants take on various design roles to generate ideas, design playable components around those ideas, and document their decisions through a collaborative analytical process. Focus is placed on the mechanics, flow, and fun factors of their analog game prototype. The goal of the project is for students to appreciate the complexity of collaborative game design, to fine-tune their technical design skills, and to ensure their design is well-suited to an intended market and meets specific milestones.
Economics
The Economics Course examines how people make choices and use resources. This course focuses specifically on game economics and will examine how markets are created and maintained in game worlds. Students will learn how players allocate their resources in a limited market, while trying to satisfy their wants and needs. This is maintained through economic balance and fluctuations that are controlled by the designer and must be maintained throughout the development process. Topics of study include basic economic theory, inflation, supply & demand, poverty & inequality, and market stability.
Course Outline
The Science of Addiction Communicating Visually Emergent vs. Intended Aesthetics Storyboarding Feedback Loops Creating the Critical First 5 minutes Communicating across Teams About Aesthetics
Course Outline
Real-World vs. Game Economics Supply & Demand MMO Economies Player Motives Inequality and Balance
Course Outline
Design Document Review Game Feature Breakdowns Design Mechanic Review Design Reviews & Feedback Independent Work
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Refactoring Designs
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Design Tools
In the Design Tools Course, students will gain exposure to the tools used by game designers in the industry, while becoming aware of the perils and shortfalls involved with those tools. Students will learn the structure of game industry teams, and how different tools are used in team environments. Students will also learn how to create game design documentation, simulate using spreadsheets, brainstorm effectively, and present ideas in a group setting. The intention of the course is to provide a solid foundation of basic tools that game designers use.
Course Outline
Game Analysis Techniques Game Mechanics Analysis Reward Systems Analysis Interface/Input Analysis Advanced Game Systems (Combat, etc.) Document Recreation
Course Outline
Production Plan Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting
Course Outline
Overview of the Game Industry and Software Projects Written Communication and GDDs Brainstorming in Teams Presentation of Ideas in a Group Setting
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks GAM E DE S I GN
109
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 4730 GDN 1230 GDN 3841
Game Design I
The Game Design I Course examines the active role of a game designer by breaking down game ideas into discrete, functional, and logical systems. Since designers are responsible for all features of any given game such as player goals, choices, and game rules students will observe and analyze different game designs to understand how these elements interact. They will further hone their design and technical writing skills by creating game prototypes, as well as revising and editing flowcharts, outlines, and research data through multiple iterations of analog games.
Game Development
The Game Development Course provides a practical approach to design and implementation across multiple phases of development. Simplified versions of video games, referred to as prototypes, will be developed as students become experts at game scripting. Upon successful completion of this course, students will possess the abilities, tools, and research methods necessary to deliver a game from concept to completion.
Course Outline
Feature Implementation Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting
Course Outline
Flowcharting & Outlining Prototyping & Research Design Vocabulary Documentation Format & Requirements Quick Iteration Method & Evaluative Frameworks
Course Outline
Entry-Level Understanding of Game Scripting Goal-Based Research Abilities Developed Ability to Meet Deadlines with Direct Assistance
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Quality Assurance Unreal Scripting UDK Kismet Scripting Final Presentation
Course Outline
Industry Milestones Gaming Systems Genre and Interactivity Development
Course Outline
4 weeks
Mechanics, Dynamics, and Aesthetics Flow and Game balance Toys, Puzzles, and Games Playtesting Implementation of Scope
4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
GAM E DE S I GN
110
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 3340 GDN 3631 GDN 3241
Game Mechanics
The Game Mechanics Course explores the theories and principles employed in game rule-based systems. Students will learn how pacing and thematic structures incorporate conflict resolution and generate a plausible challenge and reward system. Students will understand the use of feedback mechanisms by employing a heuristic testing process to determine which of the design elements may or may not be fun or unbalanced during actual play. Students leaving this course will have a better idea about how to better sync gameplay decisions to a specified target audience.
Level Design
The Level Design Course teaches students how to analyze game levels and break them down into their basic components. Students will learn to ask the right questions when designing a level. What purpose does a particular object in a level serve? Is it functional, or is it there for purely aesthetic reasons? What sort of guidance (if any) should a player receive? Does this level have any ties to previous or future levels? Students will also learn about such concepts as level pacing and flow, setting clear goals for a player, and the importance of visuals. The ever-elusive fun factor will also be covered, as a way of tying the individual components together.
Programming Foundations I
The Programming Foundations Course teaches the JavaScript programming language using the Perlenspiel engine as a foundation for creating games through script. Students will learn basic JavaScript coding syntax and grammar, as well as the fundamental skills needed for designing and building programs. These skills will help a designer to breakdown the aspects of a game into their core components, and give a better understanding of how data and interaction mesh together to create a game.
Course Outline
Concept Presentations Game Design Documentation Game Genres and Classifications Game Design Theories Conflict Resolution Conventions Pacing and Thematic Constructs Heuristic Testing Process
Course Outline
Introduction to JavaScript and the Perlenspiel engine Basic Programming Concepts Input and Output Control Flow Functions Data Storage and Processing
Course Outline
Level Purpose and Theme Level Goals and Objectives Pacing and Flow Player Navigation and Rewards Aesthetics and Visuals
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Leadership
The Leadership Course is designed to facilitate students discovery, direction, and development, as well as demonstration of their leadership skills. Students will construct a personal leadership development plan for professional application as they learn how to translate leadership theory into real-world practice. The leadership principles and knowledge that will be acquired can be applicable to any industry.
Programming Foundations II
The Programming Foundations Course takes a further look at programming, focusing on architecture and problem-solving that is useful during the process of crafting a game. Students will learn how to decide which programming components to use, and how to arrange them in useful ways. Along with this, students will learn additional advanced programming techniques in JavaScript, including object prototyping, algorithms, and simple finite-state machines.
Course Outline
Leadership Theories and Models Leadership Challenges and Solutions Leadership Types and Traits Mission, Vision, Values, and Purpose Leading Change in the Game Industry Roles and Responsibilities Team Leadership
Course Outline
Organizing Game Features Program Architecture and Planning Object Prototyping Managing Game States using Finite State Machines Update Loops and Real-time Games Basic User Interfaces
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
GAM E DE S I GN
111
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 111, 112, 223 GDN 4540 GDN 3230
Team Building
The Team Building Course investigates the collaborative techniques and communication skills critical to todays design teams. The course is designed to allow students to survey, develop, and employ unique, team-specific communication, decision-making, problem-solving, and conflict resolution techniques as they collaborate on team assignments including a course-long, competitive team project. Because team building has application beyond the game industry, the objective of this course is to expose teams to the foundational basics needed to be an effective team builder and team member in any environment.
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices
Course Outline
High Concept Documentation Game Design Documentation Market Research Prototyping Intellectual Property and Copyright
Course Outline
Stages of Team Development Team Formation and Structure Team Communication and Feedback Team Process Development Team Assessment and Peer Evaluation
1.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
Prototyping
In the Prototyping Course, students will create their first team-based digital game prototype. Each student will apply what he or she has learned individually in order to create a small prototype of a game mechanic. They will then team up to create a prototype of a much larger scope, using disciplines learned throughout the program to come up with a unique concept design and prototyping this concept over the course of two milestones. Throughout this project, students will refine the skills learned in previous classes while working in a team environment during the development process.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Usability
The Usability Course explores the theoretical and practical methods used to improve game interfaces. Usability inspection is aimed at finding usability problems and providing design relevant information to designers and engineers in the effort of making products easier to interact with and more efficient to use. In this course, students will understand usability and its considerations, defining the usability trade-offs involved in the game design world. Topics will include an overview of generations of user interfaces, the usability engineering lifecycle, the design process, usability heuristics, usability testing methodologies, the four fun keys, and the design of a game controller.
Course Outline
Creating a prototype concept Project meeting Milestone 1 Project meeting Milestone 2
Course Outline
Narrative Patterns Storytelling Techniques World Building and Development Game Narrative Documentation
Course Outline
What is Usability? Heuristics Usability Testing Methodologies Four Fun Keys Design of a Game Controller
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
GAM E DE S I GN
112
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GDN 3741
General Education
DGL 1012 MGF 1040
World Building
The World Building Course teaches students how to create a level based on game interactions and features. Designing a level by interaction allows the game designer to map out the perfect game scenarios to give to the player. Since games allow a degree of free will, it is the designers responsibility to present the player with optimal situations to utilize and master game features. This is achieved by linking well thought out interactive scenarios. Using the tools learned in Level Design, students follow simple steps to creating an interaction-driven level. Advanced concepts such as modularity and combat scenarios are also covered in this class.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Finite Math
The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students will explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored will provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students will use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments.
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
Course Outline
Algebraic Operations Logic & Probability Theory Linear Programming Combinatorics Sets & Number Theory Digital Geometry Proofs and Ordered Sets
Course Outline
Defining Game Interactions Facilitating Scenarios Mapping Interactions Creating Modularity Level Creation with Interactions
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
PHY 1000
Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena.
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Nomenclature Newtonian Physics Basic Collision Reaction Application of Physics
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GAM E DE S I GN
113
Course Descriptions
General Education
HIS 2320 DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Introduction to Archetypes, Culture, and Myths Archetypes Influence on Culture Cultural Archetypes of Asia, Europe, and Latin America Cross Cultural Comparisons of World Archetypes and Myths to Western Culture
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Statistics
The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data.
Interpersonal Communications
The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information.
Course Outline
Descriptive Statistics & Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Central Limit Theorem Mean & Variance Statistical Analysis & Application
Course Outline
Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Rsums and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GAM E DE S I GN
114
Graphic
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Graphic design is everywhere. In almost every aspect of our lives, art is used to convey a message, and everything that we buy has some amount of design that goes into it. Whether its a t-shirt, magazine, billboard, website, or a company logo, we are constantly surrounded by visuals that tell a story or express an idea. The vision driving these images is one that shapes the world and the way that we see it. When you enter Full Sails Graphic Design program, you join the ranks of those who choose to spread their vision on a wider
Design
scale. Its about combining the beauty and wonder of art with the mechanics of design to deliver a clients message in a compelling way. Its about communicating a story through visual means. And regardless of how you choose to tell that story, youll be immersed in a world of creativity, where the only limitation is your own imagination.
Areas of Focus
Digital Storytelling Fine Arts Design Modeling Fundamentals Animation Branding/ Identity Effects Personal Final Project/ Identity Project Demo Reel Creation
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
115
delivering
MESSAGE
YOUR
DIGITAL STORYTELLING
DIGITAL CONTENT
DIGITAL STORYTELLING
architecture
IMAGES
MESSAGE
DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS
COLOR
typography
elements
design
IMAGES
CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
design THEORY
perspective
TITY
perspective SUPPORT brand CAREER BRAND a d va n c e m e n t ELEMENTS elements ELEMENTS E LE MENTS Digital Storytelling Fundamentals O B JS EI CG TDesign I VES DESIGN of D E N COLOR software design typography F O U N D perspective AT I O N elements THEORY SUPPORT CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY
CORPORATE BRANDING/IDENTITY
Art is about self-expression and aesthetic satisfaction. Design incorporates those elements, but its purpose is more direct to convey a clients message. To be able to do this effectively, youll need to have SUPPORT a rm grasp on how a story or message can be conveyed by images and design, a concept that has existed since arts beginnings. Having a healthy design vocabulary helps ensure that there are no barriers to your ability to take on projects and assignments. why the Graphic CREATING Thats A PERSONAL IDENTITY adv ancem ent Design program starts with key concepts that will inform all of your design work. Youll study the psychological impact and importance of color and OBJECTIVES learn to use typography as an effective design CREATING A PERSONAL IDENTITY element. Youll also study the best logos and By studying arts historical context through selected symbols in the eld of graphic design and explore monuments of design and architecture in the their meaning and technique, all in preparation for Western tradition and the effect they had on the creating a personalized logo that works. a d v ancem ent them, youll develop a civilizations that produced Msoftware ESSAGE better understanding of how to apply similar theories Youll also work to develop your skills with to aid you in delivering your message, whatever applications that are used every day in the design it may be. Youll combine this understanding with world, such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and the software tools that allow you to easily produce After Effects. The combination of design theory and personal digital content that communicates a story knowledge of powerful software will give you the or theme whether its your own, a clients, or that foundation you need to start creating great design. of the entire world.
elements
perspective F O U N D AT I O N SUPPORT
software
design
IMAGES elements
DESIGN
design
delivering
MESSAGE
F O U N D AT I O N YOUR
software delivering
YOUR
MESSAGE
YOUR COLOR
MESSAGE
COLOR ELEMENTS
typography
typography
elements elements
ELEMENTS
design THEORY
BRAND
design THEORY
OBJECTIVES
elements
elements CAREER
ELEMENTS brand
BRAND CAREER
advancement
TITY
design
CAREER
brand ELEMENTS
DIGITAL CONTENT
IGN
COLOR
typography
elements
design THEORY
DIGITAL CONTENT
software
F O U N D AT I O N
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
LING
SUPPORT
design
IMAGES
delivering
MESSAGE
YOUR
BRAND
116
THEORY
Areas of Focus
NDING/IDENTITY PORT
ents
perspective elements
SUPPORT
ELEMENTS
ELEMENTS BRAND
OBJECTIVES
perspective
BRAND
OBJECTIVES
advancement
CAREER
elements CAREER REER ONAL IDENTITY A brand is more than just a logo; advancem ent its a set of values
Branding/ Identity
eme n t
design
COLOR
typography
that the public can believe in and associate with a name or company. From a designers perspective, it involves sitting down with a client and being able to IMAGES offer up insight for every piece of collateral, package design, sponsorship, and event that youre involved in, explaining how each element supports the companys brand objectives. In the eyes of the client, youre no longer just doing contract work youre now a partner in their endeavors.
brand E L E M E NTS
of DESIGN
brand ELEMENTS
delivering
MESSAGE
elements of DESIGN
ele of D
DESIGN architecture
DESIGN
DIGITAL CONTENT
elements
elements
Of course, aside from any design work, there are other important skills you need to learn to be able to relate to and communicate with a client, and we SUPPORT cover those topics, too, as you gain experience with all aspects of the corporate branding process.
perspective
Just as a companys brand is an essential component of its success, your own personal brand is just as crucial to the advancement of your career. The nal portion of the Graphic Design program will task you F O U N D AT I O N THEORY to complete a Personal Identity Project that will bring together all the disparate elements of design that form your personal brand.
design
software
ELEMENTS
a dva ncement
CAREER
brand E L E M E NT S
By creating a portfolio, youll collect your existing O into B J Ea Cprofessional, TIVES pieces of work impressive cache that can turn an average job interview into a great one. And throughout the portfolio process, youll be exposed to a series of innovative personal brands in the industry, studying everything from the design of successful logos to the type of letterhead used in documents. In the end, youll use all this knowledge to pull together a powerful and unique expression of your identity.
BRAND
elements of DESIGN
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
117
Areas of Focus
Overview
Our Graphic Design curriculum gives you hands-on experience that will prepare you for a career in the eld of design. Youll create projects for assignments where no two submissions are alike from print publishing, to package design, to interface design, and more. Along the way, your projects will be documented in a design diary, logging both instructor feedback on various assignments and your own notes indicating what was done to improve the work. This will become a valuable reference tool for the programs nal project, when youll assemble all youve learned along the way to put together a piece of work that will be the highlight of a diverse and stylized portfolio. In addition to art and design skills, youll also have courses in real-world topics like corporate branding and identity, client relations, and how to give and receive work critique, as well as courses focusing on communication skills, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the design industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of graphic arts production needed to qualify for entry-level, industry positions as graphic designers, media designers, web designers, digital image processors, art directors, and various other positions in graphic arts production. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industries.
GRAPHIC DESIGN
118
Graphic Design
PROGRAM CORE
Code DGT 241 DGT 441 GRD 273 GRD 124 GRD 354 ART 1201 DGT 112 DGT 345 GRD 244 DGT 117 DGT 361 DGT 353 DGT 362 DGT 375 DGT 491 DGT 373 PLA 2412 DGT 372 GRD 356 DGT 341 ODT 1000 DIG 4950 DGT 351 GRB 101 GRB 202 GRB 303 DGT 232 Totals: Course
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.00 92.00
Advanced Computer Graphics Advanced Motion Graphics Client Relations Color Theory Corporate Branding Design and Art Theory Designing Computer Graphics Digital Audio Design Digital Publishing Digital Storytelling Digital Studio Digital Video Editing Digital Video Flash Media Graphic Personal Identity Project Graphic Web Design Intellectual Property and Law Interactive Media Design and Usability Logos and Symbols Motion Graphics Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries Portfolio Creation Production Management Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Typography and Page Layout
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 30.00
11 12 6 7
DIGITAL LITERACY PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
ART HISTORY
10
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
13
14
TYPOGRAPHY & PAGE LAYOUT PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
15
COLOR THEORY
DIGITAL STORYTELLING
DIGITAL PUBLISHING
122 128
16
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
17
LOGOS & SYMBOLS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
18
19
20
DIGITAL VIDEO
21
22
23
24
25
MOTION GRAPHICS
CLIENT RELATIONS
CORPORATE BRANDING
26
27
28
29
30
FLASH MEDIA
DIGITAL STUDIO
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
31
32
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
PORTFOLIO CREATION
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
119
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 241 GRD 273 GRD 354
Client Relations
The Client Relations Course introduces students to normal business practices and how to navigate them, providing an understanding of how the complex client/ designer relationship is critical for success. Students are exposed to many techniques for gaining and keeping the trust of the client. Concepts of negotiation and how to use it effectively in business are explored. Students participate in groups simulating real-world client/designer business scenarios.
Corporate Branding
The Corporate Branding Course builds upon the concepts learned in prior courses and focuses on what makes an effective brand. Students will explore concepts of branding and how it is used effectively in the corporate market. They will also be exposed to many of the best-known brands and their impact on our world, and will create their own corporate brand portfolio.
Course Outline
Advanced Graphics Tools Advanced Design and Color Layout and Composition Digital Imaging and Manipulation Special Effects
Course Outline
The Business Process The Client Relationship Gaining the Clients Trust Client Relationship Workshop
Course Outline
Understanding Corporate Branding Great Branding Campaigns The Branding Process Corporate Branding Project
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Color Theory
The Color Theory Course exposes students to the theories and application of color, as they relate to both print and screen. Historical and geographical perspectives are discussed as well as methods and techniques of the use of color to create impact, combined with the necessary color correction for many delivery options. In this course, students also explore color calibration, both with software and hardware tools.
Course Outline
Introduction to Visual Thinking Elements and Composition of Art and Graphics Cartooning, Animation, and Storyboarding
Course Outline
Color Theory in Principle Psychology of Color Color Calibration
Course Outline
Advanced Motion Graphics Tools Design and Critique Advanced Movement and Composition Advanced Special Effects
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
120
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 112 GRD 244 DGT 361
Digital Publishing
The Digital Publishing Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work in teams with a lead designer, designers, production artists, an illustrator, and a digital pre-press artist, cycling through the responsibilities for each project. For the duration of the course, each student gains team-publishing experience using Adobe Acrobat in a document review cycle with a client. Students have the opportunity to produce a CD/DVD cover and sleeve, a poster, a magazine cover and 16-page signature, a brochure, and an e-book.
Digital Studio
While creating digital content throughout the program, students get an opportunity for a one-on-one portfolio review. The Digital Studio Course introduces students to the process of being art directed as they receive feedback and suggestions for improvement of their work. Students work on their pieces after their critique and have a final review in preparation for the creation of their final portfolio.
Course Outline
Computer Graphics Tools Design and Color Layout and Composition Digital Imaging and Manipulation
Course Outline
Individual content review Studio time II Final content review
Course Outline
Digital Publishing Cycle Digital Pre-press Concepts and Techniques Design and Production of Online Documents Interactive Online Documents
Studio time I
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Digital Video
The Digital Video Course is a preliminary production course for the Graphic Design and Digital Arts & Design programs. In this course, students will be introduced to the primary concepts of storytelling, sound design, imaging, and editing. The course also introduces students to the production model, media types (text, image, and sound), and the technologies of multimedia architectures.
Digital Storytelling
The Digital Storytelling Course leads students through the methods and techniques of creating personal digital content using various applications, including social networking tools. In this course, students are asked to explore a powerful suite of tools to create many pieces of personal expression, including podcasts, movies, and informative blogs. The design concepts reinforced in this course show that they could be used across all types of media.
Course Outline
Audio Basics Audio Design and Structure Assembly and Testing with Authoring Programs Mastering to CD/DVD Format
Course Outline
Storytelling Media Types Design and Production
Course Outline
4 weeks
Concepts of Digital Storytelling Learning Social Networking Tools Learning Presentation Techniques Storytelling Project
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
121
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 362 DGT 491 PL A 2412
Course Outline
Editing Techniques Production Workflow Editing with Final Cut Pro
Course Outline
Overview of the Industries Business Practices Contracts Business Law
Course Outline
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
Concept of Personal Branding Psychological Implications of the Personal Identity Applied Personal Branding Branding for Multimedia Preproduction Personal Branding Project
Intellectual Property
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Flash Media
The Flash Media Course focuses on the creation of engaging interactive content for the Internet utilizing Adobe Flash, an industry-standard web authoring software package. In addition to learning the key elements of the Flash interface, students will explore how to create and edit rich media for deployment on the web. Optimization and publishing techniques for audio, video, and animation will be addressed to ensure smooth performance within the online environment.
5.00
Course length
Course Outline
Flash Authoring Environment Drawing Tools Flash Animation Techniques Optimizing and Publishing
Course Outline
Production Process UI Design and Usability Patterns Project Documentation Methodologies
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Graphic Optimization HTML Dreamweaver Content Integration
User Patterns
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
122
Course Descriptions
Program Core
GRD 356 ODT 1000 DGT 351
Production Management
The Production Management Course mirrors the professional graphic art industry workflow model. Students work to define the scope of their final project, the range of assets needed to complete it, the technology required to assemble the final project into an executable format, and the time required to get all the work done. By the end of the course, students develop an intimate knowledge of standard industry project management practices.
Course Outline
The Graphic Display of Information Exploration of Symbols and their Meaning Creating a Logo that Works Logos and Symbols Project
Course Outline
Fundamentals of Project Management Learning MS Project Creating a Plan for Success Asset Management
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Motion Graphics
The Motion Graphics Course trains students in basic techniques of motion graphics creation through the use of software programs utilized by design and animation companies worldwide. This course emphasizes design from a problemsolving point of view, and continues the production timeline and graphical requirements of a multimedia project by demonstrating the manipulation of digital images in a studio environment. In this course, students gain a thorough understanding of input/output techniques, special effects, image compositing, and motion graphics.
3.00
Course length
Portfolio Creation
The Portfolio Creation Course prepares students for presenting their work to the professional graphic arts industry. Students work with existing assets they have created during the Graphic Design program as they develop a professional portfolio. Students will have the opportunity to create signature pieces to help them represent their skill level to the industry. For the duration of the course, students will individually polish both their graphics and the look of their portfolio in order to succeed when being interviewed for a position in the industry.
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices
Course Outline
Motion Graphics Tools Design and Color Movement and Composition Special Effects
1.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
4 weeks
Portfolio Design Fundamentals Asset Creation Portfolio Assembly Portfolio Review
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
123
Course Descriptions
Program Core
DGT 232
General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected monuments of art and architecture in the Western traditionfrom the prehistoric era to post-modernism studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums assist in propagating discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, and artistic contexts.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Fundamentals of Typography Typography and the Page The Page as Design Press Considerations
Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
GRAP HI C DE S I GN
124
Course Descriptions
General Education
PSC 1030 COM 3109
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks GRAP HI C DE S I GN
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
125
&
Animation
Master of Science Degree Program
as protability, sustainability, and the needs of the target market. Youll learn how to identify, research, and evaluate potential opportunities, while referencing case studies of innovative tech businesses in recent history. As collaboration is key to any innovative enterprise, youll learn what goes into designing a creative work environment, and how to establish workow processes that are suited for the unique needs of your business. Youll also explore the legal issues involved in innovative entrepreneurship, including those related to product design, intellectual property, patents, trade secrets, copyright law, and more.
Areas of Focus
Ideation & the Creative Process Research & Development Digital Marketing Strategies Business Planning in an Evolving Market Financing Entrepreneurial Ventures
126
Entrepenuership
Areas of Focus
IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS
ideation
generating
E VA L U AT I N G
C R E AT I V I T Y
exploring
I N N O V AT I O N
COMPETITIVE
new ideas
advantage
prototyping DEVELOPMENT
STUDIES
feasibility
BUILDING
breakthrough
ideas
understanding C U S T O M E R needs
development
LEVERAGING
product
competitive PRODUCT
POSITIONING
MEDIA
RESEARCH
new
F U N D A M E N TA L S
marketing
collect
POSITIONING
analysis
business
design
ENVIRONMENT
ownership
STRUCTURES
funding
valuation
BUSINESS
COMPETITIVE
STUDIES new competitive I N N O V AT I O N prototyping ideas prototyping generating product understanding RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT PRODUCT IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS C O M P E TITIVE DEVELOPMENT C U S T O M E R needs ideation exploring DEVELOPMENT POSITIONING development competitive | advantage E V A L U A T I N G new C R E AT I V I T Y I N N O V AT I O N prototyping rstanding product ideas
AT I V I T Y
E VA L U AT I N G
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
tion
exploring
generating
E VA L U AT I N G
ideas advantage
COMPETITIVE
exploring
new ideas
advantage feasibility
COMPETITIVE
STUDIE breakthrough
BUILDING
feasibi
STUDIES
ideas competiti
Innovation & C R E A T I V I T Y Areas ofCREATIVE Focus Entrepenuership IDEATION & THE PROCESS
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
E VA L U AT I N G
ENTREPRENEURIAL generating VENTURES BUILDING integrated marketing strategies that consider the nature market they are breaking into. Your courses instruct you Cwill OM PETIT IBUILDING V on E breakthrough of todays consumer and fully leverage the capabilities of MPETITIVE BUSINESS breakthrough methods for assessing consumer needs and estimating market EVA LUA T I N G new RESEARCH new media. FINANCING BUSINESS PLANNING IN STRATEGIES demand, while exploring trends, competitive product VIABILITY ideaspricing STRUCTURES ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES AN EVOLVING MARKET IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS positioning, and branding. POSITIONING In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship masters degree program,
youll learn how to effectively brand your product or service, so that its unique story can resonate with consumers and POSITIONING potential investors. Youll explore marketing fundamentals FINANCING such as product positioning, pricing strategy, advertising and VIABILITY RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT STRUCTURES VENTURES promotion, ENTREPRENEURIAL sales, and the importance of digital marketing. CUSTOMER BUILDING
feasibility exploring feasibility profitability S T U D I E S funding advantage ownership vantage STUDIES ideas
competitive PRODUCT
POSITIONING
ideas PRODUCT BUILDING DEVELOPMENT C O M P E T I T I VPOSITIONING development E feasibility ideation exploring breakthr competitive Innovation & I N N O V AT I O N advantage C R E AT I V I T Y prototyping S T U D I E S Research & Development understanding new product RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT ide Entrepenuership PRODUCT ideas collect CUSTO M E R needs integrated DEVELOPMENT new marketing LEVERAGING development POSITIONING DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES Understanding customer needs, market conditions, nancial MARKETING REVIEW F U N D A M E N TA L S competitive considerations, and product usability are strategies all elemental to a I N N O V AT I O N MEDIA prototypinganalyze DATA understanding generating product RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT new venture. The Innovation & Entrepreneurship masters collect PRODUCT C O M P E T I T I V E & THE CREATIVE PROCESS integrated new marketing C U S T O M ELEVERAGING R needsIDEATION DEVELOPMENT ideation exploring DIGITAL MARKETINGthe STRATEGIES program emphasizes value of research and how it relates to development MARKETING POSITIONING advantage REVIEW FUNDAMENT A L S C R E AT I V I T Y new RESEARCH business innovation and product development.strategies MEDIA analyze collaborative team DATA ideas BUSINESS PLANNING IN adaptable ENVIRONMENT analysis AN EVOLVING MARKET collect SUPPORT integrated As you esh out your business idea, youll be taught the design BUSINESS plan P O S I T I O N I N G LEVERAGING new marketing DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES MARKETING I N N O V AT I O N REVIEW F U N D A M E N T A L S importance of user-friendly design, product development, and RESEARCH business understanding collaborativeproduct strategies teamanalyze DATA prototyping RESEARCH & MEDIA DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS PLANNING IN new products adaptable what goes into introducing and services within ENVIRONMENT analysis C U S T O M E R needs DEVELOPMENT AN EVOLVING MARKET development SUPPORT a changing economy. Youll then explore how customer needs design BUSINESS plan funding POS ITIONING BUSINESS exit profitability and feedback are incorporated into design, how to integrate ownership FINANCING valuation business STRATEGIES collaborative team RESEARCHStrategies VIABILITY Digital Marketing STRUCTURES manufacturing, marketing, and distribution, as well ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES BUSINESS PLANNING IN as what adaptable integratedENVIRONMENT analysis marketing LEVERAGING new DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES EVOLVING MARKET goes into prototyping and AN development. funding MARKETING exit SUPPORT Innovative business ventures those in the design plan F U N D A M E N TA L S P O S especially I T I O N I N BUSINESS G profitability BUSINESS Innovation & strategies ownership MEDIA FINANCING STRATEGIES technological and creative industriesvaluation need adaptable, VIABILITY Any entrepreneur needs to have a deep understanding of the Entrepenuership
understanding C U S T O M E R needs IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS
C R E AT I V I T Y
N OT VIAT E VI A LN UA N GI O N
ideation
generating ideas
new
advantage
COMPETITIVE
exploring
generating
E VA L U AT I N G
advantage prototyping
S competitive TUDIES
feasibility
STUDIES
BUILDING
ideas
breakthrough
E VA L U AT I N G
STRUCTURES
analysis
ideation
exit
business
C R E AT I V I T Y
design exploring
E VA L U AT I N G
generating ENVIRONMENT
generating collect dCESS marketing C O M P E TREVIEW LEVERAGING new collect ITIVE feasibility ETING ideation exploring breakthrough marketing F U N D A M E N TA L S Youll also cover principles of market research, and be REVIEW advantage A M E N TA CL RS E MEDIA AT I V I T Y S T U D I E S new analyze DATA ideas integrated introduced to tools and techniques to collect, review, and analyze DATA ideas DIGITAL MARKETING STRATEGIES analyze data with the end goal of learning how to create plans MARKETING competitive and forecasts that consider trends that relate to your business. strategies I N N O V AT I O N RESEARCH business collaborative team nessunderstanding productENVIRONMENT prototyping collaborative team PRODUCT analysis ENVIRONMENT C U S T O M E R needs DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT development design an POSITIONING POSITIONIN G SUPPORT
E VA L U AT I N G
funding
new ideas
BUSINESS
LEVERAGING
MEDIA
RESEARCH
new
128
gn
BUSINESS PLANNING IN
adaptable
P O S I T I O POSITIONING NING
design
MEDIA
RESEARCH
new
marketing profitability F U N D A M E N TA L S
VIABILITY
valuation
BUSINESS
exit
STRATEGIES
POSITIONING
analysis
business Innovation & Entrepreneurial Ventures collaborative team ENVIRONMENT Entrepenuership SUPPORT
Financing
COMPETITIVE xploring Todays innovative entrepreneurs need to be advantage new as exible as they are creative, as the global
successful business venture, you need to assess its ability to generate revenue. Throughout the Innovation & Entrepreneurship masters degree IDEATION & THE CREATIVE PROCESS BUSINESS program, students are taught to consider protability C R E AT I V I T Y and viability at every stage of the development process. BUILDING
valuation
exit ideation
STRATEGIES
breakthrough
exploring
E VA L U AT I N G
generating
COMPETITIVE
L U AT I N G
V AT I O N
velopment
product
prototyping DEVELOPMENT
MEDIA
SEARCH
In the Innovation & Entrepreneurship program, youll lay the groundwork for your idea and consider RAGING factors such as research, analysis, and positioning for FU NDA M E N T conditions ALS competitive advantage. Since changing require constant adaptation in the business world, youll learn how to reevaluate your business model as it evolves into your nal business plan.
You will be taught not only what goes into nancing RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT and investing in a start-up, but also how to evolve CUSTOMER funding and ownership structures as a company grows and matures. In the Entrepreneurial Finance course, you will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates,STRATEGIES and create nancial projections. DIGITAL MARKETING MARKETING POSITIONING Youll also explore sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors, and venture capitalists.
feasibility
STUDIES
new ideas
advantage
prototyping DEVELOPMENT
fea
STU
I N N O V AT I O N
competitive PRODUCT
development
LEVERAGING
product
comp PRO
POSIT
integrated strategies
new
marketing
business
Creating a viable nancial plan is essential to an innovative business plan, so youll examine concepts BUSINESS PLANNING IN such as short-term and long-term nancial planning, AN EVOLVING MARKET business valuation, and exit strategies as they relate to your enterprise.
collect
MEDIA
RESEARCH
new
F U N D A M E N TA L S
marketing
REVIE analyz
POSITIONING
analysis
business
design
ENVIRONMENT
collabo
SUPP
collaborative team
design
wnership
unding
to the tech and creative industries. Youll learn how to design a business environment that communicates the entrepreneurial vision, supports collaborative BUSINESS teams, is open to intra-organizational critique, and UCTURES sustains a culture of creativity and innovation.
SUPPORT
ownership
STRUCTURES
funding
valuation
BUSINESS
exit
STRA
valuation
exit
STRATEGIES
I NNOVAT I ON & E NT RE P RE NE URS HI P
129
Areas of Focus
Overview
The Innovation & Entrepreneurship master of science degree program will provide students with a solid foundation in the concepts and disciplines essential for the creation of innovative ideas, products, services, and businesses that respond to the needs of a rapidly changing global marketplace. Whether launching a new creative or technologybased venture or using entrepreneurial talent within a successful business, this online masters program is designed for students with a passion for innovation and entrepreneurship who seek to use their creativity and vision to contribute to the success of the organization.
Objective
The Innovation and Entrepreneurship master of science degree program is designed for students interested in creating technology-based entrepreneurial projects and companies, as well as those who seek leadership roles in established companies with a goal of creating new visionary opportunities within those organizations. The program supports the goals and aspirations of traditional entrepreneurs, as well as intrapreneurs who will promote innovation and change within companies (or even inventrepreneurs who create new products for handoff to others). Whether innovating within companies or creating new business ventures powered by unique ideas, entrepreneurs understand that the only true constant is change and that creativity and innovation are the key to sustainable and successful businesses.
130
7
DESIGNING THE CREATIVE WORK ENVIRONMENT
8
MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR ENTREPRENEURS
10
ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE
12
INNOVATION & ENTREPRENEURSHIP FINAL BUSINESS MODEL & THESIS
36 48
131
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 640 IEN 650 IEN 610
Course Outline
Overview of Business Models for Technology and Creative Companies Key Elements for Developing and Reevaluating the Business Model Business Model Case Studies Development of Business Model for Final Presentation
Course Outline
The Purpose and Function of a Business Plan Business Plan vs. Business Model Conducting Business Plan Research Development of Business Model Outline Business Formation Structures Legal and Financial Implications of Various Business Structures
Course Outline
Establishing a Work Environment that Inspires Creativity and Innovation Designing Workplaces for Creativity and Effective Workflow Creativity in the Virtual Work Environment Fostering Teamwork and Collaboration in the Creative Environment
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
132
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 630 IEN 520 IEN 530
Entrepreneurial Finance
The Entrepreneurial Finance Course reviews the unique financial issues facing technology based and creative entrepreneurial enterprises. Entrepreneurial finance concerns not only the processes of financing and investing in start-up companies, but also reviews the changes to the initial funding and ownership structure that may be required as start-up companies grow and mature. Topics include debt versus equity financing, how businesses are valued, the decision to go public or remain private, methods for alternative financing, and personal financial issues facing entrepreneurs. During the course, students will learn how to quantify sales and expense estimates and create pro forma financial projections. Related topics include the different types of business organizations, sources of funding such as bank loans, angel investors and venture capitalists. Students will also examine short-term and longterm financial planning, business valuation, exit strategies, and other issues relating to the creation of a viable financial plan as part of a comprehensive business model.
Course Outline
Overview of Ideation The Role of Research in Ideation Feasibility Studies in Entrepreneurship Identifying and Evaluating New Opportunities
Course Outline
Overview of Entrepreneurial Finance Principles Business Formation and Ownership Structures Financing Options for Entrepreneurial Ventures Formulating Revenue and Expense Projections Development of Financial Plan for a Comprehensive Business Model
Course Outline
Introduction to High Tech Entrepreneurship The Process of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Research Skills for High Tech Entrepreneurs Case Studies of Innovative High Tech Companies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
133
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 699 IEN 560 IEN 550
Course Outline
Overview of Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship Intellectual Property Protection Contracts and Negotiation Techniques Managing Intellectual Property Assets in the Global Environment
Course Outline
Finalizing a Business Plan Creating an Executive Summary Formulating a Company Storyline Developing Presentation Materials Business Model Presentation
Course Outline
Introduction to Market Research Analyzing Emerging Technologies and Opportunities Estimating Market Demand and Consumer Trends Strategies for Competitive Positioning and Branding Ethical Issues in Market Research
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
134
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IEN 620 IEN 540 IEN 510
Course Outline
Overview of Marketing Strategies for Entrepreneurs Business Development and Client Management Product Differentiation and Brand Development Strategies for Presenting and Communicating the Brand Story
Course Outline
The Process of New Product Design and Development The Role of Research and Customer Feedback Manufacturing, Marketing, and Distribution Considerations Case Studies in Product Design and Development Development of New Product and Service Plans
Course Outline
Principles of Creativity Methods for Creating Breakthrough Ideas Technological Change and Disruptive Innovations Case Studies in Creativity and Innovation
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Innovation Theories
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
135
Instructional
Design &
Technology
the digital worlds vast media resources with modern teaching methods to create innovative learning experiences that engage and inspire your audiences. Through projects that involve real-time experiences with media creation software, this program will show you how to implement new media literacy and facilitate bold new ideas with time-tested instructional tools, creating emergent 21st century instruction for 21st century learners.
Whether its in a corporate training facility or high school classroom, the instructors role is one of the most important in our society. And while many core educational concepts havent changed over the years, our ability to communicate information to each other is continuously growing and changing. The challenge is to take advantage of those changes in todays learning environments. With more than 30 years of experience incorporating innovative learning methods into our curriculum, Full Sail University is uniquely qualied to help educators and trainers meet the challenges of connecting with todays learners. The Instructional Design & Technology program will show you how to combine
136
TIVATE BY UNDERSTANDING LEARNER/ Understanding and entertainment PIRE USING TECHNOLOGIES Motivating Your Audience ERACTIVE MEDIA
STRATEGIES multimedia
organizational
todays
INTERACTIVE
EDUCATION MEDIA
multimedia
entertainment
models
musical TECHNOLOGIES
gaming
models
METHODS
music communication
communication
There are many different ways to instruct and inspire, and effective instructors are able to impart their ideas to media various types of learners. By studying the variety of ways people process information, and integrating appropriate Understanding your audience O is one part of becoming a Njust LINE CORPORATE CREATE DYNAMIC TRAINING types of interactive media into your lessons, youll be able LEARNING more effective and inspirational instructor. By implementing LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS THEORIES to reach a wide range of audiences, whether youre in an multimedia technology into your instructional toolbox, academic or professional environment. youll be able to redene the traditional instructor-focused ONLINE LEARNING role by getting learners involved in the process. When ATE DYNAMIC management TRAINING Because keeping your learners motivated and involved is RNING ENVIRONMENTS you incorporate lm, music, games, and digital media THEORIES fundamental to making sure your information is received components into your content delivery, you will engage and properly, its important to understand the needs and involve your learners. learning styles of who you are trying to reach. An animated game may be a great way to teach students geography, In the Instructional Design & Technology program, youll but probably isnt going to excite your sales force. learn how podcasts, videos, online modules, and games can Likewise, an idea-driven podcast may be just the trick for be invaluable additions to your lessons. More importantly, a corporate orientation, but might not be the best tool for youll learn how to create and use interactive media and getting across math concepts... but then again, maybe ATION MEDIA technology to connect with learners. Whether its making it is. By studying traditional and innovative instructional N & TECHNOLOGY interactive visual media using professional industry tools, systems and learning how to create media-rich content, shooting and editing your own lms with your camera youll be able to develop focused, audience-specic and MacBook Pro, recording and distributing a podcast, TE BY UNDERSTANDING lessons that help you achieve your instructional goals by communication or using any of the other hardware and software youll be EDUCATION MEDIA RNER/ inspiring you and your audience. working with during your studies, the tools and techniques models entertainment DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY USING TECHNOLOGIES presented in this program will open an innovative and METHODS CTIVE MEDIA interactive world of instructional possibilities.
METHODS
THEORY
STRATEGIES
LEARNING management
organizational THEORY
STRATEGIES todays
LEARNER
INTERACTIVE
ENGAGING organizational
to
EN
LEA
INTER
modules
SYSTEMS
VISUAL media
VI me
TOOLS
LEARNING
modules
SYSTEMS
multimedia
gaming
music
THEORY
STRATEGIES
organizational
todays
LEARNER
INTERACTIVE
ENGAGING
multimedia
entertainment
gaming
models
METHODS
music
communication
TECHNOLOGIES
THEORY
LEARNING management
STRATEGIES
organizational
todays
LEARNER
INTERACTIVE
ENGAGING
VISUAL media
|
TOOLS
137
DYNAMIC
ONLINE
CORPORATE
TRAINING
VISUAL media
TOOLS
Areas of Focus
C RONMENTS
LEARNING
THEORIES
ONLINE
CORPORATE
TRAINING
modules
LEARNING management
SYSTEMS
Building Inspirational & Engaging Learning Environments ENGAGING music gaming
OGY
NDING
multimedia
entertainment
gaming
models
METHODS
TECHNOLOGIES
THEORY
INSPIRE USING INTERACTIVE MEDIA
STRATEGIES
TECHNOLOGIES
LEARNING
THEORIES
ONLINE
CORPORATE
TRAINING
LEARNING
THEORIES
ONLINE
modules
SYSTEMS
management
In themodels nal phase of the program, youll put together the fundamental theories and multimedia tools youve learned METHODS LEARNER to create your own inspirational and engaging learning environment. Whether you decide to develop an online INTERACTIVE lesson or a corporate training module, the focus will be on creating an interactive atmosphere for learners thats as media motivating and experiential for them as it is engaging and exciting for you. LEARNING CORPORATE management TRAINING After choosing and developing a system that works best
todays
com
THEORY
STR
or
VISUAL
TOOLS
for your specic environment, youll present your nal instructional project, which will be assessed by a group of your peers, faculty members, and instructional technology specialists. This project could be the very thing you use to transform your next class or training workshop into a rewarding learning experience.
modules
SYSTEMS
138
Overview
The curriculum for the Instructional Design & Technology Master of Science Degree Program is based on a simple concept: providing new tools and methods to improve instruction. Many of todays learners have embraced technologys role in their day-to-day lives, but few conventional instructional practices have taken advantage of this reality. The innovative approach of the Instructional Design & Technology program is designed to give you hands-on experience with the type of dynamic media that can transform a traditional instructional setting into an inspirational and interactive atmosphere. Its about crafting an environment where media skills and technology form the language of the learning environment. Throughout the program, youll discover how to incorporate interactive instructional tools to enrich the learning experience. Some of these methods include the use of tools like Apples professional media creation applications and other digital media concepts, and even techniques like storytelling methods and game strategies. Youll also explore different theories about how people learn, discover how to take advantage of different motivational techniques, and learn how to create compelling and inspirational content for online curricula. This well-rounded education will help you enhance your content creation skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the career elds of corporate training, instructional design, education, and online learning. To help you make a desired transition or further develop your current career, our experienced team of Career Development professionals will help you strengthen your interviewing skills and rsum. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with focused knowledge and understanding of learning and instructional design theories, curriculum development, media design elements, and technology applications, allowing you to be successful in the corporate training, instructional design, and education elds. Upon completion of this masters degree program, you will have an enhanced ability to create, develop, design, and produce instructional content using a variety of technology applications for corporate or academic environments. This program will also help develop your writing, time-management, and team building skills to assist you in the development and dissemination of engaging instructional content, innovative media design, and technology projects that captivate and inspire todays learner.
139
3
EMERGENT TECHNOLOGIES IN A COLLABORATIVE CULTURE
4
CORPORATE TRAINING & MOTIVATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
8
FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN
10
LEARNING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS & ORGANIZATION
11
12
INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN & TECHNOLOGY FINAL PROJECT
36 48
140
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 552 IDT 574 EDM 531
Course Outline
The Components of Staff Training The Individual and the Training Environment Design Principles in Training Materials Training Approaches and Evaluation Integrating Filmmaking, Music, and Gaming in Training Research and Project Development
Course Outline
Learning Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Learning Principles Digital Media and Learning Applications Integration of Digital Media into Instructional Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Research and Project Development
Course Outline
Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Utilizing Personal Learning Networks Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Research and Project Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
141
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 610 EME 6227 IDT 562
Course Outline
Video Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Instructional Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Instructional Design Multiple Learning Theory and Spatial Intelligence Development Videos in Online Curriculum Development Instructional Design with Storytelling Research and Project Development
Course Outline
Overview of Gaming Strategies Examination of Game Structures Learning Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Research and Project Development
Course Outline
Examination of Instructional Design Creating Lessons that Engage the Digital Native Learning and Psychology Theories: Established and Revolutionary Assessment Principles and Instructional Design Quantifying Assessment Evaluation of Design Standards Creating a Project Plan Research and Project Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
142
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 690 EME 6629 MDL 501
Course Outline
Introduction and Conceptual Overview of Learning Management Systems Understanding the Learning Management Systems (LMS) and Learning Content Management Systems (LCMS) Assessment and Learning Management Systems Learning Organization Skills and Content Management Development
Course Outline
Learner Evaluation Report Project Research Component Media Design Approach Technology Support and Evaluation Peer Review of Project Faculty Review of Project Final Project Presentation
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Evaluation of Learning Management Systems for the Learning Environment The Learner and Virtual Learning Environments
Course Outline
Mastery Concepts In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
143
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IDT 680 IDT 520
Course Outline
Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Digital Audio Concepts and Techniques Digital Photography Understanding Software Limitations and Computer Bandwidth Integration of Media Assets into Computer Software Research and Project Development
Course Outline
Overview of Cognitive, Learning and Motivation Theories Strategies for Creating Innovative and Engaging Learning Environments Applying Cognitive and Social Learning Theories to Instructional Design Social Learning and Collaboration Research and Project Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
MUS 6018
Course Outline
Musical Intelligence Examined Music, Language and Memory The Role of Music in Learning Producing Original Music for Learning Professional Music and Audio for Video Music and Kinesthetic Learning Styles Research and Project Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
144
Internet
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Organizations are increasingly reliant on the Internet and other digital media to connect with and engage potential customers, reecting the fact that we, as consumers, are living our lives online more and more each day. With the growth of the Internet, the way experiences and products come to our attention has also become more dynamic and complex. Long gone are the days when a marketing campaign was designed around three television stations, a handful of radio spots, and an ad in the local newspaper. Full Sail Universitys Internet Marketing Bachelors Degree is designed to show you how to take advantage of all the marketing options available in the evolving world of
Marketing
media and entertainment, allowing you to design and execute plans that successfully merge marketing fundamentals with the next big trends in consumer behavior. As the world of marketing becomes more integrated, the future leaders in the eld are the professionals that will take advantage of every marketing channel at their disposal. This program can start you on the path to becoming that leader.
Areas of Focus
Global Internet Marketing Fine Arts Traditional Marketing Modeling Foundations Animation Multi-Channel Marketing Effects Building an Online Final Project/ Consumer Demo Reel CreExperience ation
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
145
Areas of Focus
RELATIONS
FUNDAMENTALS
of WEB
public
design
TERNET MARKETING BS
MANAGEMENT
INTERNET MARKETING BS
FUNDAMENTALS
intellectual
PROPERTY
STATISTICS
MULTI-CHANNEL MARKETING
campaign
RELATIONS
public
business ETHICS
development
MANAGEMENT
intellectu
PROPER
INTERFACES
design web
IT STATISTICS communications
LTI-CHANNEL RKETING
campaign
PAY-PER -CLICK
search scripting web IT AFFILIATE SOCIAL From the fundamentals of web design, to online ENGINE INTERFACE LANGUAGES communications communications andmarketing the usability of Web interfaces, marketing media
When creating multi-channel marketing campaigns, youll be working with a team of diverse design and technical professionals. Its important that youre able INTERFACES to speak the same language when implementing BUILDING AN ONLINE Web site concepts, viral marketing campaigns, and CONSUMER EXPERIENCE the many other creative options made possible by the Internet.
MANAGEM DIGITAL
storytelling
search
marketing
AFFILIATE
this curriculum teaches the technical aspects of web development that will ensure you know how to utilize a range of current and upcoming Internet technologies.
media
ENGINE marketing
search
marketin
146
AFFILIA
RNET MARKETING BS
Areas of Focus
NTERNET MARKETING
RELATIONS RELATIONS
design
public
public
MANAGEMENT intellectual
PROPERTY
Traditional Marketing Foundations scripting publi c scripting FUNDAMENTALS business FUNDAMENTALS MANAGEMENT STATISTICS ETHICS of TE DESIGN of WEB LANGUAGES WEB WEBSITE DESIGN ELATIONS
Although social networks and video-sharing sites ECHNOLOGY AND TECHNOLOGY may be recent additions to the marketing landscape, the foundation of branding and messaging remain the same. Thats why Full Sails Internet Marketing FUNDAMENTALS CHANNEL PAY-PER -CLICK bachelors program begins by teaching you the basic of ETING MULTI-CHANNEL components that are the core of any successful MARKETING marketing plan.
design
LANGUAGES
INTERFACES
INTERFACES
web
scripting INTERNET MARKETING BS WEB LANGUAGES communicationssearch PAY PER CLICK design campaign
development
IT
campaign
ENGINE
PAY PER CLICK TRADITIONAL MARKETING search concepts such as public relations, statistics, business
campaign
AND INTERNET MARKETING ethics, management, and intellectualENGINE property optimization development efforts that have always driven successful marketing
RELATIONS ENGINE
search
optimization
ENGINE SOCIAL ENGINE marketing marketing search optimization + media optimization &
+
marketing business marketing intellec optimization MANAGEMENT STATISTICS search ETHICS search PROPE AFFILIATE
ENGINE
ENGINE
search
search
marketing
AFFILIATE
SOCIAL
media AFFILIATE
campaigns. But youll also learn how to integrate newer Internet marketing concepts into your FUNDAMENTALS campaigns to create a plan that takes advantage WEBSITE DESIGN optimization optimization of everything todays media has to offer. AND TECHNOLOGY
DIGITAL
marketing storytelling
search
ENGINE
search
marketing engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS
LANGUAGES
DIGITAL
PAY-PER -CLICK
search
outreach search
media
behaviorSTUDIES
CONSUMER
AFFILIATE
social
search
optimization
marketing
&
ENGINE
search
outreach
media
marketing
media behav
CO SOCIA
optimization
marketing
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
147
IT communications
design design
PAY PER CLICK campaign development
web
IT
INTERFACES
web
campaign
search
search
ETING KETING
RELATIONS ENGINE
optimization
Multi-Channel Marketing
BUILDING AN ONLINE FUNDAMENTALS
Successful marketing campaigns use outlets such of EXPERIENCE CONSUMER as websites, applications, and email, but they also BUILDING ONLINE nd ways to make AN those channels as effective as CONSUMER EXPERIENCE possible. Internet-speci c marketing models such as pay-per-click campaign development, search engine optimization (SEO), search engine marketing, afliate marketing, and social media are constantly coming into play in this new media landscape, and youll need to understand how to recognize these opportunities and use them to your advantage.
public search
optimization ENGINE
search ENGINE
search
search
marketing ENGINE
search
business ENGINE search ENGINE search AFFILIATE + optimization MANAGEMENT & optimization ETHICS p umarketing b lENGINE i c marketing ENGINE marketing STATISTICS optimization + optimization &
marketing
search
optimization
marketing
marketing
AFFILIATE
marketing
AFFILIATE media
SOCIAL
MA
ENGINE
search WEB
design
optimization
campaign
marketing
development
&
scripting DIGITAL engrossing FUNDAMENTALS storytelling LANGUAGES communications Building WEBSITE DESIGNan Online ENVIRONMENTS of WEB AND TECHNOLOGY DIGITAL Consumer Experience design engrossing
ENGINE
search
IT
storytelling optimization
By understanding the fundamentals of a multi-channel marketing strategy, youll be able to utilize the outlets at your disposal as you strive to reach your audience in the most effective way.
Marketing has always been about knowing your search MULTI-CHANNEL PAYPER -CLICK audience. The Internet Marketing programs curriculum MARKETING expands on that core idea and focuses on enhancing the consumers online experience. By devoting time and optimization attention to digital storytelling, youll be able to create a captivating environment that supports your message while keeping your audience engaged.
marketing search
ENGINE ENGINE social &
ENVIRONMENTS
search
outreach
media
CONSUMER
IT
behavior
search
search
search
ENGINE
search
search
engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS
In this part of the degree program, youll learn how to optimization optimization improve the way you communicate your brands story, explore ways of reaching your audience through social media, and study consumer behavior so that you know youre reaching the right audience with the right message. BUILDING AN ONLINE
outreach
marketing media
marketing
social
optimization
behaviorSTUDIES
engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS
marketing
social
E NCE
DIGITAL
CONSUMER EXPERIENCE
DIGITAL
storytelling
engrossing
ENVIRONMENTS
storytelling
outreach
media
behaviorSTUDIES
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
CONSUMER
|
outreach
148
media
Areas of Focus
Overview
The Internet Marketing Bachelor of Science Degree addresses the complex worlds of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, web design, and consumer psychology, giving you the skills you need to meet the challenges of an industry affected by rapid advances and changes in technology. In this program, youll learn how to create a viable marketing and strategic plan for selling products, develop and cultivate a brand, and protect that entity within the Internet community. During the course of this program, youll study a full range of Internet marketing subjects, including search engine optimization, interactive advertising design, Internet law, web design, web metrics, and public relations. The programs curriculum culminates in the nal capstone project, where youll be tasked with developing and implementing a complete Internet marketing campaign. In addition to courses developing your marketingspecic skills, youll also have courses focused on computer business applications, personal nance management, communication skills, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
The goal of the Internet Marketing bachelors degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding needed to pursue entry-level positions in contemporary marketing organizations. This program is designed to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet, and who understand how the uid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. Upon completion of the Internet Marketing bachelor of science degree, students will have the ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy. In addition to technical prociency and theoretical knowledge, the program helps students to develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to a lifetime of learning, providing them with tools needed to sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing.
INTERNET MARKETING
OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG | Bachelor of Science Degree Program OVERVIEW & OBJECTIVE
149
Internet Marketing
PROGRAM CORE
Code IMK 444 IMK 321 IMK 127 IMK 464 IMK 452 IMK 341 IMK 241 IMK 411 IMK 214 IMK 334 IMK 497 IMK 323 IMK 112 IMK 272 IMK 254 IMK 222 IMK 132 OBM 1000 IMK 263 IMK 484 IMK 372 IMK 481 IMK 432 IMK 473 Totals: Course Affiliate Marketing
Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 IMK 302 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PSC 1030 STA 2027 MAN 3152 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:
Course Art History College Mathematics Cultural Studies and the Web Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physical Science Introduction to Statistics Leadership and Organizational Behavior
3
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES
5
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET MARKETING
Content Strategy, Development and Marketing Digital Storytelling & Branding Display Advertising Email Marketing Principles Fundamentals of Digital Entrepreneurship Fundamentals of Web Design Global Internet Marketing Strategies Internet Business Models Internet Law and Legal Issues Internet Marketing Final Project Internet Marketing Research Strategies Introduction to Internet Marketing Introduction to Mobile Advertising Introduction to Web Interface and Usability New Media Distribution Channels Online Communications Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Principles of Interactive Media Principles of Online Campaign Development Public Relations Search Engine Optimization Social Media Optimization Web Analytics and Reporting
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION
7
DIGITAL STORYTELLING & BRANDING FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE
10
INTRODUCTION TO WEB INTERFACE & USABILITY
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
14
INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE ADVERTISING INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
15
38.00
133 112
16
CONTENT STRATEGY, DEVELOPMENT & MARKETING PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION
17
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
18
19
20
PRINCIPLES OF ONLINE CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
AFFILIATE MARKETING
21
22
EMAIL MARKETING PRINCIPLES
23
24
25
DISPLAY ADVERTISING
PUBLIC RELATIONS
27
GLOBAL INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES
28
INTERNET MARKETING FINAL PROJECT
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
150
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 444 IMK 321 IMK 464
Afliate Marketing
Affiliate marketing is a powerful and longstanding marketing method for the Internet. This type of marketing promotes Internet businesses in which affiliates are rewarded for every visitor, subscriber, customer, and/or sale provided by their efforts. Methodologies that assist the affiliate marketing structure are: search engine optimization, paid search engine marketing, email marketing, and displayed advertising. The goal of the Affiliate Marketing Course is to teach students to evaluate whether affiliate marketing is the appropriate type of marketing for their product/service. Students will also evaluate and create financial overviews for an affiliate marketing campaign.
Display Advertising
The Display Advertising Course explores the influence of the Internet and websearch optimization on the entertainment business industry, and how understanding and exploiting these strategies can help an entertainment business become a strategic force on the web. Students explore the advantages of understanding these concepts and the potential impact of the Internet on his or her entertainment business, while also learning the best strategic methods for positioning a product for success on the Internet.
Course Outline
The History of Affiliate Marketing Compensation Methods Affiliate Management Strategic Analysis Current Issues with Affiliate Marketing Case Studies Final Project Development
Course Outline
Defining Marketing Goals and Creating a Strategic Content Plan Identifying Target Audiences Assessing Current Content for Effectiveness and Re-Purposing Producing Content in a Variety of Formats Creating a Publishing Schedule and Editorial Calendar Determining Which Channels to use to Distribute the Content Analyzing and Evaluating Results
Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Assessment Internet Marketing Strategy Web Search Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Entertainment Leadership Portfolio
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Understanding the Various Types of Content and the Importance of Content Mix
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
The Importance of Branding Developing and Maintaining Keys to a Successful Brand Storytelling in Digital Media Archetypes and Story Structure Brand Stories Bringing Storytelling to the Internet
4.00
Course length
151
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 452 IMK 241 IMK 214
Course Outline
Information Architecture Advertising and Website Design Principles Consumer Experience
Course Outline
Historical Perspective of Business Models Business Models Specific to the Internet Evaluation of Internet Business Models Product/Services Pricing and Strategies Integration of Internet Business Models and the Internet Marketing Campaign Development Final Project Development
Course Outline
Overview of Email Marketing Advantages of Email Marketing Disadvantages of Email Marketing Proper Email Writing Etiquette (Writing Composition) CAN-spam Compliance Opt-in Email Advertising Legal and Ethical Issues Final Project Development
HTML, CSS and How the Web Works Web Standards and the Future of Web Design
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
IMK 334
Course Outline
Role of the Entrepreneur Case Studies in Entrepreneurship The Entrepreneurial Mindset Building Effective Teams
Course Outline
Global Internet Marketing Concepts Campaign Development Marketing Research Methodologies Ethical Issues Legal Issues Final Project Development
Course Outline
Overview of Internet Law Current Internet Legal Issues Jurisdiction and Sovereignty Issues Freedom of Speech Issues Governance Global Internet Issues Case Studies Final Project Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
152
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 497 IMK 112 IMK 254
Course Outline
Interface Usability Concepts Interface Visualization Elements Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility
Course Outline
Visualizing Your Micro-Business Strategy Building Your Micro-Business Prototype Launching Your Micro-Business Measuring & Communicating Your Micro-Business Performance Final Project Development
Course Outline
Traditional Marketing Components Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Terminology Elements of Internet Marketing Final Project Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Strategic Development New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation
Course Outline
Evaluation of the Types of Mobile Advertising Advertising and Mobile Games Mobile Phone Rings and Advertising Click-to-Call Functionality Sending Marketing Information via Test (SMS), Picture, Audio or Video Message (MMS) Introduction to Mobile TV Advertising Mobile Advertising Metrics Final Project Development
Course Outline
Internet Research Strategies Understanding Primary Online Marketing Objectives Through Proper Market Research Identifying Primary and Secondary Target Markets Through Research Final Project Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
153
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 132 IMK 263 IMK 372
Online Communications
In the Online Communications Course, students learn how to properly communicate with the information technology (IT) team. Students in this course gain foundational knowledge that will assist them in considering the technological limitations of their company. This course also addresses technical topics that must be considered when creating a marketing website and user interface.
Public Relations
The Public Relations Course examines the topic of public relations (PR) and how this marketing component is valuable within the Internet community. Students develop a listening process to understand how the public perceives brands in the online community. Students also evaluate PR challenges and strategize how to enhance PR opportunities for an Internet marketing campaign. In this course, students are responsible for creating a variety of PR tools such as media releases, while developing a strategy for distribution and measurement.
Course Outline
IT Structural Overviews IT Terminology and Concepts IT and Website Design Limitations Internet Security Issues Final Project Development
Course Outline
Explore Online Interactive Media Campaign Environments Tools for Interactive Media Campaigns Marketing Channels Multimedia Marketing Deployments
Course Outline
Overview of Public Relations Public Relations and Internet Marketing Ethics and Objectivity Press Releases and Social Media Tactics Online Communication Tactics
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Pay Per Click Advertising Model Overview Keyword Research and Development Search vs. Content Networks Quality Score Pay Per Click Metrics Pay Per Click Campaign Training
Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
154
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 481 IMK 432 IMK 473
Course Outline
Introduction to Search Engines and Search Engine Optimization Keyword Research and Selection On-Site and Off-Site Optimization Factors Link Building SEOs Interrelationships With Other Internet Marketing Tactics
Course Outline
Web Analytics Overview and Technologies Web Server Logfile Analysis Advantages Direct Mail Campaign Data Analysis Sales and Lead Information Analysis User Performance Data Web Analytics and Financial Reporting Final Project Development
Course Outline
Social Media Optimization Overview Social Media Optimization Techniques Legal Issues Linkability - Increasing Inbound Links Final Project Development
Page Tagging Advantages Website Traffic Reporting and Data Analysis Email Response Rates Data Analysis
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
RSS Feeds, Blogging, ThirdParty Communities, Social Media Optimization, and Viral Marketing Strategic Implementation
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
155
Course Descriptions
General Education
ART 2007 IMK 302 ENC 1101
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Digital Communication Tools Evaluation of Resources Social Bookmarking Importance of Copyright laws and Other Protections Protection of Privacy Online Interpersonal Communication Skills Institutional Protocols
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
156
Course Descriptions
General Education
STA 2027 COM 3109
Introduction to Statistics
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.
Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Leadership Building Effective Teams Group Dynamics Decision-making Motivating Conflict Resolution
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
157
Internet
Master of Science Degree Program
The Internets role in the new world of marketing means that online strategy has become more than just an optional enhancement to existing plans. Internet marketing has become its own entity, rebuilding traditional marketing concepts to t an interactive context. As successful companies and businesses look to thrive in this constantly evolving landscape, the ability to think strategically about the Internet has become an essential skill for professional marketers.
Marketing
Full Sails Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree program is specically designed to provide you with skills to help you take advantage of the multi-channel opportunities of the Internet. Our curriculum delves into the details of Internet marketing with in-depth research and advanced academic studies that will provide you with the ability to develop and implement your own effective and cohesive Internet marketing campaign.
Areas of Focus
Fine Arts SEO Advanced Modeling Strategic Analysis Animation Effects Advanced Internet Final Project/ Marketing Demo Reel CreStrategies ation
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
158
Areas of Focus
INTERNET MARKETING MS
ADVANCED SEO
Advanced SEO
One of the most important aspects of marketing is INTERNET MARKETING MS making sure that your product, service, or brand
WEB METRICS message is easy for the public to nd. The best
way to achieve that on the web is through effective search engine optimization (SEO), a tool that can help an organization become a strategic force on the web. Its not only about maximizing the power of organic search methods, directory listings, and ADVANCED SEO paid placement tactics, but also having a website thats both user-friendly and search-engine friendly. Through the study of advanced strategic methods, benecial web design fundamentals, new trends in search engine marketing, and case studies, youll be able to strategically position your company for maximum exposure.
WEB METRICS
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
159
Areas of Focus
INTERNET MARKETING MS
ADVANCED SEO
WEB METRICS
Strategic Analysis
INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
The data-driven nature of the Internet can instantly link a company with millions of potential consumers, and it can also provide you with an invaluable amount of information about the strength and success of your websites and marketing campaigns. But in order to be able to draw such conclusions, you need to have a rm understanding of how to interpret and respond to the results. By utilizing web metrics, you will be able to measure trends and behaviors within a companys Internet marketing structure. The Internet Marketing masters program delves deeply into this facet of the industry, teaching you the skills needed to translate your ndings into a plan of action to increase the effectiveness of your organizations web, advertising, and marketing strategies.
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
160
MS
Areas of Focus
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
161
Areas of Focus
Overview
The Internet Marketing Master of Science Degree addresses the concepts of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, new media distribution channels, branding, technology, and psychology. The demands on the Internet marketing professional are more intense than ever due to rapid advances in technology, the complexities of web design, Internet marketing campaign development, social media networks, Internet public relations, advertising, and sales. This program addresses advanced marketing topics that will help give you the tools to create powerful marketing and strategic plans for selling products, developing and cultivating a brand, and protecting a companys reputation within the Internet community. The programs curriculum focuses on a variety of advanced principles, including Internet marketing theories, search engine optimization, interactive advertising design principles, Internet law, web design, web metrics, public relations, and global and cultural Internet issues. Your education culminates in the nal capstone project, where youll be tasked with creating and producing a complete integrated Internet marketing campaign. This well-rounded education will help you advance your marketing and strategic skills in preparation for entering or advancing through the Internet marketing industry. To help you make that transition, weve got a team of Career Development Professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
The goal of the Internet Marketing master of science degree program is to develop marketing leaders who can adapt to the ever-changing business model of the Internet and who understand how the uid nature of the medium affects consumer behavior. The programs advanced academic phases provide students with a focused knowledge and understanding of Internet marketing, search engine optimization, e-commerce, and the psychology of the online consumer. Completion of this degree program will greatly enhance your ability to develop and implement a cohesive Internet marketing strategy and campaign. This program is designed to foster the development of highly trained individuals who want to develop careers in the eld of Internet marketing. The instruction received in this program provides students with the tools to help sustain a productive career path in the world of marketing.
INTERNET MARKETING
162
Internet Marketing
PROGRAM CORE
Code IMK 511 IMK 621 MAR 629 IMK 671 IMK 591 IMK 691 MAR 510 MDL 501 IMK 521 IMK 641 IMK 661 IMK 541 Totals: Course
3
BUSINESS STORYTELLING & BRAND DEVELOPMENT
4
INTERNET CONSUMER BEHAVIOR & ANALYSIS
Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Advanced Search Engine Optimization Business Storytelling and Brand Development Internet and the Law Internet Consumer Behavior and Analysis Internet Marketing Campaign Development Internet Marketing Fundamentals Mastery: Personal Leadership and Development New Media Marketing Strategic Internet Public Relations Web Analytics and Optimization Web Design and Usability
7
ADVANCED INTERNET MARKETING STRATEGIES
8
ADVANCED SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION
10
WEB ANALYTICS & OPTIMIZATION
11
12
INTERNET MARKETING CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
37 48
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
163
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 511 IMK 621 MAR 629
Course Outline
Brand Development Overview Creative Writing Overview Examination of Joseph Campbell, Myth, and Archetype Storytelling and Leadership Storytelling and Brand Final Project Application
Course Outline
Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Email Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application
Course Outline
Advanced SEO Techniques Organic Search Methods Directory Listings Paid Placements New Trends Case Studies Final Project Development
Personal Brand Identity Brand Development Principles and Techniques Creating a Mission Statement
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
164
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 671 IMK 591 IMK 691
Course Outline
Overview of Internet Law Issues Domain Names The Role of the First Amendment Federal Trade Commission, Federal Communications Commission, and Other Regulatory Agencies Privacy Issues Case Studies Final Project Application and Development
Course Outline
Examination of the Internet Consumer Consumer Behavior and Design Principles Personalized Marketing and its Interactive Components Analysis Methodologies Internet Consumer Behavior Case Studies Final Project Application
Course Outline
Internet Campaign Overview An Examination of the Various Campaign Strategies Viral Marketing Pay-Per-Click Marketing Email Marketing Banner Marketing Affiliate Marketing Final Project Application
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
165
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAR 510 MDL 501 IMK 521
Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application
Course Outline
Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Identifying a Companys New Media Marketing Goals New Media Marketing Project Planning Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels Final Project Application
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
3.50 Course length 4 weeks
Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
166
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 641 IMK 661 IMK 541
Course Outline
Interactive Public Relations Defined Online Media Relations Proactive Internet Public Relations Strategies Internet Public Relations Writing Case Studies Final Project Application
Course Outline
Web Metrics Overview Web Metrics and Analysis Principles Search Analytics Strategic Analysis Reporting Techniques Case Studies Final Project Application and Development
Course Outline
Overview of Web Design Principles Web Design and SEO An Overview of Web Standards Proactive SEO Web Design Principles Case Studies SEO Ethics Final Project Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
167
At the heart of good media communications is good storytelling, and this program will introduce you to the narratives found throughout many forms of entertainment media, including animation and games. Using digital media creation tools, youll develop projects throughout the program that will reside in your online portfolio. Youll also maintain a blog and build your own personal brand so that you can market yourself to prospective employers.
Areas of Focus
Written & Visual Communications Fine Arts Digital Audio & Modeling Video Production Animation New Media Tools Effects Transmedia Storytelling Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
168
Communications
Areas of Focus
WRITTEN & VISUAL TECHNIQUES editing COMMUNICATIONS
adaptable
STYLES
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
psychology, anthropology,
MEDIA
LAW
traditional
message crafting
producing,
recording, EDITING
editingTECHNIQUES
MESSAGE
distribution
Media Communications
TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
WEB-BASED
traditional
media
m e d i a CHANNELS
supporting
MEDIA
narrative
media CHANNELS
supporting
ions
a N A R R AT I V E
adaptable
message S T Y L E S c r aft in g Your digital audio course will introduce you to the technology VIDEO PRODUCTION
MESSAGE
S bachelors T Y L E S program, youll In the Media Communications learn how to craft messages across many media types, and use creative tools to develop multimedia projects that are adaptable enhanced by video and audio.
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
psychology, anthropology,
MEDIA
LAW
and techniques involved in recording, producing, and editing digital sound, which can be used in a variety of projects from enhancing audio on a digital video, to producing news stories.
UAL ONS
STYLES
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
ds is tg r ie bu t i o video n into a me s a Theres an art and science behind turning source cohesive communication piece, and through your digital video craf tin g
class, youll learn how editing techniques can help your video projects tell an effective story.
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
consumerrecording,
EDITING
LAW
TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
s u p p o r t i n g|
MESSAGE
anarrative
media CHANNELS
169
AW
VIDEO PRODUCTION
Areas of Focus
NEW MEDIA TOOLS
MESSAGE
EDITING
ducing,
cording,
editingTECHNIQUES
distribution
GENERATED
consumermedia
EDITING
ERATED
onsumermedia
traditional
supporting
anarrative
supporting
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
media CHANNELS
MEDIA
a N A R R AT I V E
STYLES
psychology, anthropology,
LAW
message crafting
producing,
recording, EDITING
editin
MESSAGE
distribution
GENERATED
consumermedia
trad
WEB
me
TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
supporting
anarrative
170
TELLING
supporting
adaptable
C O M M U N I C AT I O N
anarrative
supporting
MEDIA
psychology, anthropology,
media CHANNELS
Thanks to the new ways entertainment media is integrated, a brand, organization, or products story can live and develop across multiple channels. In the Media Communications program, youll be AL AUDIO & introduced to the concept of transmedia storytelling O PRODUCTION and how different types of media have unique ways of supporting a narrative.
LAW
m e sA sT ag e NcA R R I VE rafting
producing,
recording, EDITING
editingTECHNIQUES
Through courses on the gaming industry and animation, you will explore the creative process MESSAGE MEDIA behind TOOLS these types of visually captivating entertainment media and how they tell their stories. Youll learn how a single project idea can thrive across many different media channels, such as movies, music, video games, and the web.
distribution
GENERATED
consumermedia
WEB-BASED
traditional
m e d i a CHANNELS
NSMEDIA STORYTELLING
supporting
anarrative
supporting
media CHANNELS
a N A R R AT I V E
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
171
Areas of Focus
Overview
The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program at Full Sail University prepares graduates with the knowledge to understand the eld of media communications and to use new media communication technologies. Students of the program survey critical approaches to contemporary media-related issues and communication theory, while working within a project-based learning curriculum. They will be immersed in a supportive environment that fosters development of the strategies and skills necessary to succeed in todays dynamic media industries. The courses in the Media Communications bachelor of science degree program are designed to prepare students for a wide variety of careers in media and associated elds where media knowledge and skills are an integral part of their operations.
Objective
Dramatic changes in communication and technology have inuenced every aspect of human culture, including family life, politics, business, international relations, religion, education, entertainment, and recreation. The Media Communications bachelor of science degree program prepares students to recognize, embrace, and manage the inevitable changes in the media. Students acquire the skills they need to best use todays media and share knowledge and information. Along the way, students practice proper research methods and articulate abstract concepts, expressing their media communication skills via progressive projects in a variety of courses. Changes in the media industry are contemplated and reected throughout the degrees curriculum.
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS
172
Media Communications
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code MCM 1401 MCM 4911 MCM 3231 MCM 3011 MCM 3333 MCM 2855 MCM 1001 MCM 4821 MCM 4231 MCM 2099 MCM 3089 MCM 3099 MCM 4099 MCM 4199 MCM 2313 MCM 4441 MCM 4353 MCM 4111 MCM 4613 MCM 3823 MCM 1203 OVA 1000 MCM 2651 MCM 3415 Course Aesthetics and Theory of Communications Digital Audio Applications Digital Video and Editing Principles Gaming and Transmedia Storytelling Graphic Design and Communications Introduction to Media Communications and Technologies Media Anthropology Media Communications and Public Relations Media Communications Portfolio Project I Media Communications Portfolio Project II Media Communications Portfolio Project III Media Communications Portfolio Project IV Media Communications Portfolio Project V Media Communications Project Management Media Entrepreneurship Media Law and Telecommunications Policy Media Psychology Media Publishing and Distribution New Media Journalism and Communications New Media Tools Overview of the Visual Arts Industries Research in Media Communications Web Design and Communication Theory and Principles Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 86.00
26 27 28
CAREER DEVELOPMENT SKILLS: MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT V NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM & COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA PSYCHOLOGY MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS & PUBLIC RELATIONS
GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 COM 3109 DEP 1013 ENC 2110 Totals: Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I English Composition II Fundamentals of Physical Science Professional Communications and Presentation Psychology of Play Technical Writing Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 34.00
5
INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGIES
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
7
AESTHETICS & THEORY OF COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT I
10
ENGLISH COMPOSITION II
TECHNICAL WRITING
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
11
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PROJECT MANAGEMENT
12
13
RESEARCH IN MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT II
14
15
120 112
16
17
18
WEB DESIGN & COMMUNICATION THEORY AND PRINCIPLES MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT III
19
GAMING & TRANSMEDIA STORYTELLING
20
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS & PRESENTATION
ART HISTORY
21
22
23
24
MEDIA LAW & TELECOMMUNICATIONS POLICY MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS PORTFOLIO PROJECT IV
25
MEDIA ENTREPRENEURSHIP
MEDIA ANTHROPOLOGY
Totals:
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
173
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 1401 MCM 4911 MCM 3011
Course Outline
Communication Theories and Aesthetics Media Aesthetic Strategies An Overview of Human Interaction Design Media Aesthetics Across Cultures Effective Media Design Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Organizational Aesthetics
Course Outline
An Overview of Media Communications Professions Media Professional Communities and Organizations Introduction to Media Communications Career Internet Sources and Job Data Sources Independent Contract Employment vs. Full-Time Employment Career Trends in Media Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Course Outline
Traditional Editing Concepts and Theories The Discipline of the Frame Video Aesthetics as a Communication Tool Visual Storytelling Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course Outline
Basics of Sound Introduction to Digital Audio Production Digital Audio Application Principles Digital Editing Digital Audio The Power of Sound Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
4.00
Course length
174
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 3333 MCM 2855 MCM 1001
Course Outline
History of Transmedia Transmedia Pioneers to Current Industry Leaders Audience Behavior and Media Culture Role of Gaming in Transmedia Marketing and Audience Engagement Measuring the Transmedia Impact Crossmedia vs Transmedia Passive Narrative vs. Collaborative Storytelling
Course Outline
An Introduction to Graphic Design Graphic Design and Communication Principles History of Design Communications Basic Graphic Design Tools The Design Process Critical Observation of Graphics Within a Variety of Media Communications
Course Outline
History of Media Communication Roles of Media Professionals Media Analysis and Strategy Introduction Production Tools and Techniques Media Campaign Creation Process
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Media Anthropology
The Media Anthropology Course uses an anthropological approach to examine the role of media technologies in contemporary cultural and global transformations. Students will focus on how social worlds are formed and inhabited through the production, circulation, and consumption of media technologies. Drawing on case studies from around the world, students will explore the politics of media representation, how visual media reconfigures modern experiences of social interaction, and the social and virtual worlds created through diverse kinds of contemporary media.
Course Outline
An Exploration of Anthropology and Media Brief History of Cultures through a Media Viewpoint Cultural Sensitivities and Media Representations Modern Anthropology and Cultural Viewpoints Media Anthropology Case Studies Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS Bachelor of Science Degree Program
175
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 4231 MCM 2099, MCM 3089, MCM 3099, MCM 4099, MCM 4199 MCM 2313
Course Outline
Ethics and Responsibility Public Relations and Propaganda Press Releases and Public Relations Campaigns Media Case Studies in Public Relations Global Media and Communications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Course Outline
Overview of Media Project Management Spreadsheet Basics Online Collaboration Techniques Media Project Management Case Studies Roles in Project Management Project Team Leadership Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Course Outline
4 weeks
New vs. Traditional Media Impact and Application of New Media Designing a Portfolio Portfolio Analysis and Comparisons Completion of Portfolio Design Refining and Uploading Portfolio Samples Establishing a Portfolio Design and Concept Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
2.00/3.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
Media Entrepreneurship
The Media Entrepreneurship Course introduces students to the basics of entrepreneurship and the evolving business models for media. The course investigates general concepts of entrepreneurship and how digital technologies and the Internet are transforming media economics. Students will use recent news and communication start-ups as case studies for applying entrepreneurial principles.
Course Outline
Changing Media Economics Overview of Media Business Models Media Business Ideas and Case Studies Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
176
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 4353 MCM 4613 MCM 1203
Course Outline
Introduction to Media Law Overview of Telecommunication Policies First Amendment Issues Slander, Libel, and Defamation Issues Copyright, Trademark, and Privacy Laws Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Course Outline
History of Publishing and Distribution Exploration of New Media Publishing and Distribution Models Digital Rights Management Legal Issues and Distribution Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Course Outline
An Examination of Traditional Media Tools vs. New Media Tools An Overview of Digital Video Multimedia Storytelling and New Media Tools Applications Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Media Psychology
The Media Psychology Course teaches the students how to evaluate the psychological aspects of media. A fundamental understanding of media psychology is necessary to comprehend the psychological impacts of media technologies on the individual viewer and on society. This field of psychology encompasses the full range of human experiences of media, including affect, cognition, and behavior. Students will study multiple forms of mediated communication, such as pictures, sound, graphics, content, and emerging technologies. Students will also use their research skills to investigate examples of contemporary media communication from a variety of media.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
An Overview of New Media Journalism Styles of Great Journalists, Past and Present Voice Legal Issues in Journalism Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Course Outline
Overview of Media Psychology Media and Perception Media and Thinking Media and Emotion Applications of Media Psychology Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Traditional Journalism vs. New Media Journalism Ethics and New Journalism Journalism as a Cultural Influence
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual Storytelling Disciplines that Utilize Visual Art Visual Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Visual Arts Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
177
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MCM 2651 MCM 3415
General Education
ART 2007
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Course Outline
Art History Medieval and Renaissance Art Post-Modern Art Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Introduction to Web Design Principles Web Design and Communications Case Studies Web Design and Communications Strategies Evolution of Web Design and Future Trends Multimedia Asset Production and Content Management Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development Principles of Effective Web Design
Course Outline
Sources of Media and Communication Research Qualitative Research Methods Quantitative Research Methods Descriptive Statistics Course and Project Academic Research Skills Development
Modern Art
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra and applied mathematics that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses mathematics in practical situations.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
178
Course Descriptions
General Education
DGL 1012 ENC 1102 COM 3109
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Audience Analysis Personal Image Presence and Image of Written Communication Presentation Strategies
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
The Fundamentals of Physical Science Course teaches students how to understand the world through fundamental physical concepts such as: force and motion, energy and mechanics, electricity and magnetism, properties of solids and fluids, transmission of sound, and behavior of light. Emphasis is placed on how problems describing nature are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formula.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
179
Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 2110
Technical Writing
The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each.
Course Outline
Document Copywriting Development Life Cycle Internet Support Sites Document Publishing Collaboration
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
M E DI A C OM M UNI C AT I ONS
180
Media Design
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
As more and more companies depend on design and branding strategies for success, those plans require more integrated and sophisticated solutions. Utilizing multiple forms of visual media print, web, television means that ideas must be conceived and implemented by creative professionals who understand the big picture and can meet the demands of both the boardroom and the design studio. Before a designer ever picks up a pencil (or mouse), an entire strategic process takes place, as creative directors bridge the gap between inspiration and effective messaging, looking for ways to maximize the impact that a single picture or just a few well-placed words can have on an audience. Bridging that gap means taking your design skills and creative intuition and channeling them into a plan that is strategically effective. The Media Design Master of Fine Arts program at Full Sail is designed to equip you with the branding and strategy tools creative professionals need to handle those key projects.
Areas of Focus
Theory of Design Fine Arts Production Modeling Workow Animation Design Document/ Effects Thesis Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M E DI A DE S I GN
181
DEVELOPMENT
Areas of Focus
brand
understanding
the PROCESS
DEVELOPMENT
understanding
the PROCESS
STYLE GUIDES
Theory of Design
In the Media Design MFA program, youll dive into the strategic solutions needed for the complex challenges that companies encounter throughout the creative process. A fundamental understanding of the theories behind effective visual messaging is an integral part of nding those solutions. Connecting with an audience is the goal of any communications, and your design campaigns will need to be rooted in the fundamental concepts storytelling, dening client needs, consumer psychology, and more that allow you to understand and reach out to your audience. Those elements, along with design theory concepts such as brand and design ethics, will better enable D E V E L O P development MENT you to create outstanding communications the PROCESS and experiences.
CAMPAIGNS
design
E T H I C S
design
E T H I C S
CONCEPTS STRATEGIC
SOLUTIONS
STRATEGIC
SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE
pitch
visual messaging CONNECTING
ideas
EFFECTIVE
visual messaging
CONNECTING
with the A U D I E N C E
design
STYLE GUIDES
CAMPAIGNS
design
brand
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
understanding
design
E T H I C S
CONCEPTS
STRATEGIC
SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE
pitch
ideas
CONNECTING
visual messaging
CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS
with the A U D I E N C E
design
brand
DEVELOPMENT
SOLUTIONS
understanding
the PROCESS
M E DI A DE S I GN
STYLE GUI
|
Master of Fine Arts Degree Program 182
CAMPAIGN
Areas of Focus
des
E T H I C
brand
DEVELOPMENT
understanding
the PROCESS
STYLE GUIDES
CAMPAIGNS
STRATEGIC
SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE
CONNECTING
visual
design
E T H I C S
with the A U D I E N C E
CONCEPTS
design
SOLUT
STRATEGIC
SOLUTIONS
EFFECTIVE
pitch
ideas
CONNECTING
visual messaging
CAMPAIGNS COMMUNICATIONS
Production Workflow
To understand the strategy behind any design solution, you also need to understand the process that branding studios and design houses go through in creating media projects. During the program, youll learn how to move a project from the conceptual stage, through production, and into a nished state that satises its design objectives. Youll study the production workow for a variety of different media types and platforms as you explore the inner workings of producing professional quality deliverables. Its an approach to production that is designed to give you a wide array of skills that can be utilized in the creative direction of any project you may encounter.
with the A U D I E N C E
design
SOLUTIONS
brand
DEVELOPMENT
understanding
the PROCESS
brand
design
E T H I C S
M E DI A DE S I GN
DEVELOPMENT
understanding
the PROCESS
S OCAMPAIGNS LUTIONS
183
Areas of Focus
understanding
the PROCESS
STYLE GUIDES
CAMPAIGNS
n erstanding
E T H I C S
brand
DEVELOPMENT
understanding
the PROCESS
CONCEPTS
ideas
Design Document/Thesis
CAMPAIGNS
EFFECTIVE
the PROCESS
STRATEGIC
pitch
E T H I C S
CONNECTING design
G U I D E S visual messaging
CONCEPTS
design
SOLUTIONS
As you work your way throughout the Media Design pitch MFA Degree Program, youll be required to choose a complex media design challenge that youll work towards solving over the course of the program. CAMPAIGNS Everything you learn and work on will be entered into your own Design Document, a reference guide COMMUNICATIONS and log of the skills and knowledge that youll accumulate during the program. That document will be an integral part of your Thesis/Final Project, where youll formally present a Design Solution Project to a panel of professionals and peers. Your presentation will include the Design Document, a style guide, and a campaign that will make a case for your idea. Your Design Document will also serve as a working template that you can use to pitch ideas and concepts to future employers.
with the A U D I E N C E
CAMPAIGNS
pitch
ideas
CAMPAIGNS
with the A U D I E N C E
EFFECTIVE
visual messaging
SOLUTIONS COMMUNICATIONS
design
pitch
ideas
COMMUNICATIONS
M E DI A DE S I GN
184
Overview
Full Sails Media Design Master of Fine Arts Degree Program (MDMFA) provides you with an in-depth look at design and the role that it plays in bridging the gap between the design studio and the boardroom. As todays successful companies rely heavily on strong visual representation to deliver their message to the public, the ability to direct those visuals is an increasingly vital asset to employers everywhere. The program begins with focusing on the theory behind effective media design. Youll study concepts that drive successful design campaigns, including research, client communications, and team dynamics. Youll also get hands-on experience with design production while learning the steps of the production process used by companies worldwide. Along the way, youll gather your work into a Design Document that represents everything youve learned. Finally, youll be responsible for creating a Design Solution Project that makes use of your knowledge of branding, strategy, and workow, then presenting that project to a panel of professionals and peers. By channeling your artistic skills into a vision thats both creative and professional, youll be prepared to handle whatever key projects you encounter in the fast-paced world of media design. To help you make the transition into the design industry or further develop your current career, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with a focused knowledge and understanding of design research, psychological and motivational theories, ethics of design, media design elements, and technology applications to enhance your ability to solve complex design problems in academic, entertainment, and corporate environments. Upon completion of this masters degree program, youll also have writing, time management, and team-building skills that you can use in the development and execution of compelling design solutions. This combination of skills and knowledge can be used to propel your career in the multiple elds of the media design industry.
MEDIA DESIGN
185
Media Design
PROGRAM CORE
Code MDM 530 MDM 525 MDM 620 MDM 565 MDM 615 MDM 510 MDM 555 MDM 691 MDM 640 MDM 650 MDM 570 MDM 690 Totals: Course Brand Development
Defining Client Needs Design Integration Design Research Design Strategies and Motivation Designing Success Effective Copywriting Professional Practice Measuring Design Effectiveness Multi-Platform Delivery Organizational Structures Thesis: Presentation of Design Solution
10
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES
DESIGN INTEGRATION
MULTI-PLATFORM DELIVERY
11
12
60 48
M E DI A DE S I GN
186
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDM 530 MDM 620 MDM 615
Brand Development
Understanding a company or institutions brand and knowing how to research, analyze, and promote its core values is essential in developing effective marketing communications. In the Brand Development Course, students will explore the history and processes of brand development in media design through case studies and learn how to utilize some of the basic tools used in the marketing profession. In applying this knowledge to creative projects, students will gain additional insight into their research that they can then utilize in future projects.
Design Integration
In the Design Integration Course, research, critical thinking, discussion, and critique help to provide students with a solid foundation from which to proceed in exploring new directions in their design projects. Techniques of incorporating innovation and methods of developing creativity are explored as students further expand their capabilities and refine their work. Through the integration of new ideas and methods of utilizing media, students prepare for the ever-changing landscape of the media design profession.
Course Outline
Introduction to Brand Development Analysis of the Marketplace Identifying Brand Essence and Core Values Communicating to Target Audiences
Course Outline
Convergence and Design Researching New Directions in Media Design Exploring New Media Through Prototypes Documentation of Processes
Course Outline
Strategies for Developing Visual Concepts Application of Visual Concepts Refining Through Critical Analysis Extending Concepts to Multiple Media Applications
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
MDM 565
Design Research
Translating concepts into visual communications requires the ability to research information, explore options, and apply critical thinking skills to find the most appropriate solutions. In the Design Research Course, students learn the process of exploring and evaluating design options as they investigate many of the research methods and tools used in the profession. Application of these strategies leads to more informed design decisions.
Designing Success
The Designing Success Course provides an introduction to the Media Design program and its research and technology requirements. Students will study the media design industry and will learn how to conduct graduate-level design research through real-world project assignments as they share knowledge and experiences with their classmates through the online experience.
Course Outline
Research Methodology Understanding Industry Trends Defining Goals and Objectives Prototyping and Testing
Course Outline
Introduction to Design Research Visual Exploration and Iteration Methods of Evaluation
Course Outline
Overview of the Media Design MFA Program, Including Expectations for Graduate Level Research, Use of Design Software for Presentations, and Assessment of Design Projects Practical Application of Online and Library Resources for Graduate Level Design Research Overview of the Role of the Media Designer in Todays Competitive Landscape
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
M E DI A DE S I GN
187
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDM 555 MDM 650 MDM 691
Effective Copywriting
Successful media designers are visual and verbal communicators. The Effective Copywriting Course prepares students for the profession by teaching the nuances of writing for advertising, corporate communications, and presentations. Students complete a series of projects that help to develop their skills in writing persuasively while explaining and defending the rationale behind their decisions based on research. Throughout the course, students are required to polish their writing skills in order to extend the power of their design and to craft effective communications.
Multi-Platform Delivery
Todays professional media designer is knowledgeable in the various types of media available for communicating information. In the Multi-Platform Delivery Course, students develop a plan for creating professional-quality deliverables from the research and exploration completed in the previous courses. Emphasis is placed on designing for a variety of possible platforms with the goal of developing a unified multi-media campaign. The work is evaluated through critique and refined through iteration in preparation for its presentation.
Professional Practice
Todays Media Designer works in a highly competitive field. To achieve success, designers must articulate and manage processes, understand legal and ethical issues on a global scale, and be able to present themselves and their capabilities at the highest level of professionalism. The Professional Practice course provides the platform and the tools to achieve these goals, and helps the designer find and navigate the pathways to success in the media design profession.
Course Outline
Introduction to Copywriting Fundamentals Utilizing Resources Organizing Research Information Writing a Research Paper
Course Outline
Planning a Multi-Media Campaign Developing Criteria for Critique Implementing Change Through Iteration Making a Persuasive Presentation
Course Outline
Understanding Todays Job Market and Opportunities Ethics in Todays Global Economy Working with Intellectual Property Refining Presentation Skills
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
Organizational Structures
In the Organizational Structures Course, students learn to organize, process, and evaluate information obtained from their research. By creating media applications derived from earlier investigations, students utilize processes and workflow consistent with professional practice in many of todays top design firms. Emphasis is placed on creativity, innovation, and bringing work to a professional level of execution. Students receive feedback on their work in a way that promotes teamwork and collaboration with peers.
Course Outline
Methods of Organizing Research Understanding Professional Workflow Developing Strategies for Teamwork
Course Outline
Organizing Content for Presentation Final Preparation of Presentation Presentation of Multi-Media Campaign Processing and Analyzing Viewer Response
Course Outline
Marketing Research Tactics Prototypes and User Testing Metrics of Design Effectiveness Refining Presentation Skills
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
4 weeks
5.00
Course length
M E DI A DE S I GN
188
Mobile
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Mobile devices have become an integral part of our lives, perhaps more than we often realize. To put it in perspective, just think about how disconnected you felt the last time you forgot your cell phone or tablet computer at home. This technology keeps us connected to massive amounts of information wherever we go, with customizable applications that provide real-time data, productivity, and global communication at the touch of a button. Developers have only scratched the surface of what mobile devices are capable of, and companies are looking for talented programmers and designers to ll the demand for innovative software.
Development
Through Full Sails Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program, youll learn the programming and interactive design skills needed to create applications and games for the industrys most popular formats. This growing market offers a wide range of creative possibilities, and this program is designed to prepare you for a career shaping the future of these platforms.
Areas of Focus
Fine Arts Design Modeling Usability Animation Effects Programming Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
189
Areas of Focus
Design
The versatility of modern mobile devices offers unlimited potential for engaging consumers with original content. Its more than just having a great idea for an application or game, though; the challenge comes from being able to maximize the design and user experience, while also playing to the functionality of the device it will run on. In the Mobile Development degree program, youll learn how to strike that balance in dedicated design courses that teach creative theories in art direction, user experience, and playability as they relate to different platforms. These concepts include the importance of giving your application or game a strong visual identity and appropriate sense of pacing, as well as supporting that aesthetic with layout, color palettes, and audio design. Youll put those design theories to work by developing simple applications that are conceptually strong, and can engage the imagination of users with their presentation and interactivity.
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
DESIGN
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
190
Areas of Focus
DESIGN
DESIGN
USABILITY
USABILITY
PROGRAMMING
PROGRAMMING
Usability
How many times have you downloaded an application, only to nd out that the interface is confusing and unresponsive? Whether youre using productivity software or playing a game, theres nothing more frustrating than a poor sense of control. The Mobile Development degree program addresses these concerns as they relate to different components of application design, such as menu navigation, user input, and access to saved information and media. Classes like Mobile User Experience and Immersive Application Development teach students to ne tune a programs input response to each kind of hardware conguration, including touchscreens and keypads. The Mobile Player Experience class addresses the importance of usability as it relates to different types of mobile games where intuitive controls are as important to the gameplay as the story and level design. By mastering the subtleties of the mobile user experience, youll be able to create engaging software that plays to the unique strengths of different interactive formats.
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
191
USABILITY
Areas of Focus
PROGRAMMING
Programming
Despite their size, mobile devices are powerful pieces of hardware capable of handling increasingly complicated functions. Being able to master their architecture is key to becoming an effective software developer, and core classes in the Mobile Development program teach the same programming tools that are used to create professional applications and games. Youll be introduced to languages like Java, Objective C, DESIGN PHP, MySQL, and XHTML, which are the basic tools of mobile developers. As you progress through the degree, youll learn increasingly powerful functions of these languages, which will be applied to small applications that you design and code from scratch. Since portable technology depends heavily on online interaction, the program also provides an in-depth study of how to integrate that connectivity into your software. This is taught in courses that cover proprietary development tools for popular consumer products like the iPhone, iPad, and PROGRAMMING Android-based devices.
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
USABILITY
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
192
Overview
The Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program addresses the need for professional software developers who can create innovative mobile and web-based applications for todays cell phones, tablet computers, and other portable devices. As a student in the program youll be presented with a thorough, evolving curriculum that provides a complete study of the processes used in professional application production. Youll be taught how to locate potential industry needs, research your user base, design the visual aesthetics and interactivity of your application, and use that research to create a comprehensive software plan. Technical courses cover the actual production of that concept, and youll learn standard programming languages like Java, Objective C, MySQL, and XHTML to develop the engine your application will run on. Youll expand on that architecture by learning how to implement audio and visual assets, and balance the usability of your interface whether its a business application or a game to create the perfect user experience. Students also benet from business and management courses that cover topics in marketing, professional communication and presentation, software copywriting, publishing, and technical writing. The combination of this material will help you build a foundation as a well-rounded software developer capable of working on a variety of mobile content. To help you make that transition into your career after graduation, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
The objective of the Mobile Development Bachelor of Science degree program is to provide students with the focused knowledge and understanding of software design and development, mobile and web-based applications, and the usability concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as software application designers and developers, iOS and Android mobile application designers and developers, entertainment, education, and banking application programmers, and a variety of other positions in the mobile and web-based software eld. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
193
Mobile Development
PROGRAM CORE
Code MDV 3330 MDV 2210 MDV 2550 MDV 4210 MDV 4330 MDV 4510 MDV 4710 MDV 4920 MDV 4910 MDV 2830 MDV 3830 MDV 3910 MDV 3630 MDV 3730 MDV 3850 MDV 4630 MDV 1630 MDV 1310 MDV 1410 MDV 4110 MDV 3110 ODT 1000 PMA 101 PMA 102 PMA 203 PMA 204 PMA 305 PMA 306 PMA 407 PMA 408 MDV 2330 MDV 1830 Totals:
Course Credit Hours Advanced Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 Advanced Visual Frameworks 4.00 Apple Programming Language: Objective C 4.00 Application Deployment I: iPhone and iPad 4.00 Application Deployment II: Android 4.00 Cross-Platform Mobile Development 4.00 Immersive Application Deployment 4.00 Integrated Product Deployment 4.00 Integrated Product Development 4.00 Java I 4.00 Java II 4.00 Mobile Business and Marketing 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks I 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks II 4.00 Mobile Development Frameworks III 4.00 Mobile Game Design 4.00 Mobile Interfaces and Usability 4.00 Mobile Media Design I 4.00 Mobile Media Design II 4.00 Mobile Player Experience 4.00 Mobile User Experience 4.00 Overview of the Media Design and Technology Industries 3.00 Project Management and Assessment I 1.00 Project Management and Assessment II 1.00 Project Management and Assessment III 1.00 Project Management and Assessment IV 1.00 Project Management and Assessment V 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VI 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VII 1.00 Project Management and Assessment VIII 1.00 Scalable Data Infrastructures 4.00 Visual Frameworks 4.00 103.00
3
OVERVIEW OF THE MEDIA DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES
5
FINITE MATH
9
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II
10
11
12
13
TECHNICAL WRITING
14
15
133 128
16
17
ART HISTORY
18
19
20
APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT I: IPHONE AND IPAD
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS
21
JAVA I
22
23
24
APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT II: ANDROID
25
MOBILE PLAYER EXPERIENCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VII
26
27
28
IMMERSIVE APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT
29
STATISTICS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT VIII
30
Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the:
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
31
32
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
194
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 3330 MDV 2550 MDV 4330
Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging
Course Outline
Web Application Development Architecture Databases and Query Languages Source Control Application Design Refactoring
Course Outline
Objective C Language Overview Pointers and References Control Structures Web Service Integration Event Handling
Asset Creation
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Current and Future Markup Standards Advanced Style Sheet Selectors Absolute Positioning and Layout Optimizing for Automated Content Transfer
Course Outline
Cross-Platform Options Device Considerations Device Testing Multiple Device Deployment
Course Outline
Project Management Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery Application Packaging
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
195
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 4710 MDV 4910 MDV 3830
Java II
The Java II Course expands upon topics covered in Java I while incorporating best practices for the Java language. Students become reacquainted with Object Oriented concepts previously explored as they apply these concepts to the Java language. Students also examine the processes involved in consuming a myriad of data sources.
Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Integration and Testing Milestone Delivery
Course Outline
Exceptions Data Handling Web Service Integration
Course Outline
Critical Analysis of Mobile Applications Integration/Migration Techniques Creation of Project Plan Finalize Mobile Applications
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Java I
Java has been a steady hand in the mobile world for some time. The Java I Course is designed to help students transfer existing programming knowledge to the Java language. Students in this course explore the fundamentals of the language and existing Java API as it applies to the mobile world. The Java I course prepares students for development on a myriad of mobile devices.
Course Outline
Java Constructs Language APIs Creating User Interfaces
Course Outline
Final Preparation of Deliverables Delivery of All Mobile-Based Applications Delivery of Supporting Materials Final Review and Revision of Campaign
Language Fundamentals
Course Outline
4 weeks
Marketing Strategies Effective Presentation Techniques Metrics of Design Effectiveness Understanding the Mobile Marketplace
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
196
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 3630 MDV 3850 MDV 1630
Course Outline
Frameworks Overview User Interface Controls Notifications Gestures
Course Outline
Frame Overview User Interface Controls Architecture Advanced Device Integration
Course Outline
Usability Theories Interaction Principles Visualization Concepts Ergonomic Design Principles
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Game Animation Device Interactivity Features Performance Techniques Connectivity
Course Outline
Architecture Sandboxes Multitasking Advanced Device Integration
Course Outline
4 weeks
Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
197
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 1410 MDV 3110 PMA 101, 102, 203, 204, 305, 306, 407, 408
Course Outline
Advanced Vector Graphics Handheld Aesthetics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices
Course Outline
Understanding of Project Analysis Task Analysis Fundamental Interaction Design Development of Usability/ Interaction Strategy
1.00 each
Course length
4 weeks each
4.00
Course length
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Networking and Internet Protocols Programming Variables and Data Types Program Flow and Control Program Logic Structures
Course Outline
Understanding of Gaming Theory Analysis of Game Play Development of Player Experience Profiles Emotional Strategy for Mobile Games
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
198
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MDV 1830
General Education
ART 2006 ENC 1101
Visual Frameworks
The Visual Frameworks Course teaches students basic concepts of document structure and annotation through the use of standardized markup languages. The course enables students to deconstruct raster and vector designs into documents that are styled for visual effect, but also machine-readable for optimum content extraction on mobile devices, search engines, and assistive software.
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
History of Hypertext Markup Standards Cascading Style Sheet Selector Basics Relative Positioning and Layout Web Asset Creation
Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Essay Structure Audience Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Grammar
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Finite Math
The Finite Math Course provides a foundation of mathematical analysis techniques used in the working world. Students explore a collection of topics including Probability Theory, Linear Programming, Matrices & Determinates, Logic, and Number Theory. The topics explored provide valuable experience with organizing information and analytical thinking. Students use the skills gained in this course to successfully navigate future courses and projects that call on logical and analytical assessments.
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
Course Outline
Algebraic Operations Logic & Probability Theory Linear Programming Matrices & Determinants Combinatorics Sets & Number Theory Digital Geometry Proofs and Ordered Sets
3.00
Course length
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
199
Course Descriptions
General Education
PHY 1000 MGF 1340
Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course examines real-world physics and how those rules can be modeled in mathematical theories. Students will explore the fundamentals of momentum and energy, force and motion, gravity, particles, temperature, electricity, magnetism, and light. Students will use the learned concepts to design mathematical models representing the physics environments. The students will use this knowledge to communicate concisely the behavioral characteristics of the natural phenomena.
Statistics
The Statistics Course provides students with an introduction to both statistics and probability. In the first half of this course, students will learn the basics of statistics including data collection and tabulation, data analysis (such as calculating mean, medium, mode of a data set), and data graphing. In the probability section of the class, students will examine counting rules, sample spaces, and probability distributions (including the normal distribution and the Monty Hall distribution), along with the statistical analyses of these distributions. Students will use Microsoft Excel to organize, graph, and analyze gathered data.
Course Outline
Nomenclature Newtonian Physics Basic Collision Detection Basic Collision Reaction Application of Physics
Course Outline
Descriptive Statistics and Data Collection Mathematics of Statistics Central Limit Theorem Mean and Variance Statistical Analysis and Application
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Technical Writing
The Technical Writing Course teaches students to write and organize effective technical documents for specialized audiences. The ability to clearly put into words how products are installed, configured, customized, and deployed is essential in launching new products. Careful consideration must be taken to identify specific audiences and develop documentation to meet their individual needs. This course covers various styles of technical writing as well as the drafting and revising techniques involved with each.
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
Course Outline
Document Copywriting Development Life Cycle Internet Support Sites Document Publishing Collaboration
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M OB I L E DE VE L OP M E NT
200
Gaming Animation
Master of Science Degree Program
Mobile Computer
Thanks to the widespread use of mobile devices, consumers of all ages are drawn to games more than ever before. This industry brings its own unique challenges and opportunities, and needs professionals who understand the technological, psychological, and nancial aspects of mobile game development to fulll key industry roles. In the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program, your courses directly relate to the roles and workow found in a game studio from concept development to advanced programming, QA testing, and deployment. Youll expand on your programming skills and learn how to maximize the game experience by utilizing mobile technologies such as GPS to enhance multiplayer
elements. Youll also explore how game theory research can be applied to improve the player experience, with special attention given to motivation and learning processes. All of this will prepare you to build your own game from start to nish. Youll work on the production of your mobile game through directed engineering and programming exercises, and then go through the testing process. Once complete, youll present your nished product and learn how to market and monetize it.
Areas of Focus
Foundations of Mobile Fine ArtsGaming Mobile Game Modeling Design & Animation Development Professional Development Effects Final Project/ Demo Reel Creation
M OB I L E GAM I NG
201
Areas of Focus
GAMING
COMPONENTS
keykey
COMPONENTS
mobile
patterns
NS OF MOBILE GAMING
mobile
APIs
APIs
patterns
play
system
DESIGN
ME DESIGN MENT
ENGINEERING
reverse
life cycles
considerations
publishing,
life cycles
development
EN GINEERING reverse comprehensive
PERFORMANCE ENGINEERING
NAL DEVELOPMENT
marketing,
strategies
PRICING
TESTING
PERFORMANCE TESTING Your experience in the Mobile Gaming masters considerations TESTING strategies program considerations begins with an examination of the key
PERFORMANCE
Foundations of
structures awareness
cross deployment
strategies
distribution,
MONETIZATION
structures
ENGAGEMENT PRICING
P L AT F O R M
awareness
components, benets, and limitations of mobile games. Youll examine different technologies available for the development and delivery of mobile games, and connect these technologies to various platforms, operating systems, mobile game engines, and APIs learning how they inuence the design, functionality, and delivery of a mobile game. Youll also study the psychological component of a game-playing experience, considering factors such as play patterns and game play mechanics. The principles of game design will also be addressed, with a focus on narrative game design, world design, and system design.
COMPONENTS
GAME engines
APIs APIs
development
GAME engines
patterns
play
patterns
play
system
DESIGN DESIGN | Master of Fine Arts Degree Program
system
M OB I L E GAM I NG
comprehensive
202
publishing,
life cycles
mobile
strategies ENGINEERING
awareness
engines
PERFORMANCE
strategies
comprehensive
distribution,
marketing,
MONETIZATION
structures publishing,
cross deployment
P L AT F O R M
After building a foundation in programming and theory, youll begin work on the production of your own mobile game all while learning key topics such as development life cycles, reverse engineering, performance considerations, and more.
distribution,
marketing,
life cycles
PRICING
publishing,
development
ENGINEERING
reverse
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
MONETIZATION
marketing,
MONETIZATION
considerations
P L AT F O R M
strategies
TESTING
awareness
ENGAGEMENT
awarenes
ENGAGEMENT
Once youve completed development, youll learn the role of quality assurance, repairing anyGAME errors, bugs, COMPONENTS or overall playability issues. Youll work collaboratively engines with your fellow game testers to provide game play feedback on each others games, and learn to write development MOBILE analytical reports based on MOBILE the comprehensive testing GAMING reverse strategies and tools utilized in the program. ENGINEERING
key
APIs
GAMING
patterns
play
system
DESIGN
COMPONENTS
key
mobile
GAME engines
APIs
Professional Development COMPONENTS FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT mobile cross COMPONENTS FOUNDATIONS OF MOBILE GAMING marketing, awareness L AT F O R M To succeed inPRICING a fast-paced industry such asPmobile patterns GAME COMPONENTS distribution, game development, deployment ENGAGEMENT youll need a professional skill structures engines MONETIZATION
publishing,
key
life cycles
considerations
APIs
life cycles
development
ENGINEERING
reverse
consideratio
PERFORM
play system
deployment
P L AT F O R
life cycles
publishing,
development
set that mirrors your technical aptitude. Through the development Mobile Gaming masters program, your coursework prepares you for the business world through an MOBILE GAME DESIGN MOBILE GAME DESIGN emphasis on writing, presentation skills, research, PERFORMANCE & DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT and& theory.
ENGINEERING
reverse
development
comprehensive reverse
ENGINEERING TESTING
PERFORMANCE reverse PERFORMANCE TESTING considerations TESTING strategies ENGINEE RING considerations
comprehensive
comprehensive
strategies
distribution,
marketing,
MONETIZATION
publishing, Youll also learn how to develop marketing strategies publishing, PROFESSIONAL for game products, with an emphasis onDEVELOPMENT publishing, PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT marketing, distribution, and monetization. Youll PRICING P L AT F O R M examine factors such as pricing structures and crossMONETIZATION PRICING platform deployment, and learn how different media MONETIZATION ENGAGEMENT channels can help build awareness and engagement with your games audience.
structures
cross cross awareness P L AT F O R M PRICING awareness P L AT F O R M ENGAGEMENT distribution, awareness deployment deployment ENGAGEMENT structures structures deployment
M OB I L E GAM I NG
203
Areas of Focus
Overview
The Mobile Gaming master of science degree program enables students to develop advanced project management, development, and production skills related to games that are featured on mobile devices such as smartphones, PDAs, tablet computers, and portable media players. During this 12-month program, students will expand upon previous programming knowledge by developing their own mobile game through a project-based curriculum that is structured around the real-world mobile game development life cycle. Students will conduct graduate-level mobile gaming research, apply theoretical concepts to game design, explore emerging technologies, and develop their own mobile game. Through realworld learning and a culminating thesis, students will have a rm understanding of mobile game development, including the communication and professional skills required for successful game delivery and monetization. Each course will also develop the students academic research skills, tools, and methodologies as students will learn how to utilize academic research for a variety of contexts and learning activities.
Objective
Mobile gaming represents a rapidly growing industry with as many challenges as there are opportunities. The goal of the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program is to prepare students to address and overcome these challenges through a project-based curriculum that will enable students to be successful mobile game developers. This goal will be accomplished by providing students with the knowledge and skills necessary for effective and creative mobile game design, production, and delivery. Through project-based learning and guided academic research, the Mobile Gaming master of science degree program curriculum will enable students to master the discipline and apply appropriate knowledge, skills, and abilities to all phases of mobile game development.
MOBILE GAMING
204
Mobile Gaming
PROGRAM CORE
Code MBG 520 MBG 530 MBG 550 MDL 501 MBG 630 MBG 650 MBG 540 MBG 660 MBG 610 MBG 680 MBG 620 MBG 580 Totals: Course
1
MASTERY: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT & LEADERSHIP
2
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING FOR MOBILE GAMES
3
EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FOR MOBILE GAMES
4
MOBILE GAME DISCOVERY & INDUSTRY ANALYSIS
5
GAME THEORY & INNOVATIVE GAME DESIGN
Advanced Programming for Mobile Games Emerging Technologies for Mobile Games Game Theory & Innovative Game Design Mastery: Personal Development & Leadership Mobile Game Development I Mobile Game Development II Mobile Game Discovery & Industry Analysis Mobile Game Testing Mobile Gaming Business Mobile Gaming Thesis: Technical Writing & Professional Presentation Storyboard & Game Design User Interface Design & Visual Development
6
USER INTERFACE DESIGN & VISUAL DEVELOPMENT
7
MOBILE GAMING BUSINESS
10
12
MOBILE GAMING THESIS: TECHNICAL WRITING & PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATION
36 48
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M OB I L E GAM I NG
205
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MBG 520 MBG 550 MDL 501
Course Outline
Programming Overview Programming for Mobile Games Objective-C C# and C++ Java and JavaScript Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Game Theory Foundations Psychology of Gaming Principles of Game Design Play Patterns and Game Play Mechanics Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Mastery Concepts Case Studies Leadership Principles In-Depth Immersion and Reflection Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Mobile Technologies Platforms, Operating Systems, Engines, and (3D) APIs Localization (GPS) and Connectivity Technologies (Bluetooth/GPRS/WAP) Limits to Mobile Games Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E GAM I NG
206
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MBG 630 MBG 540 MBG 610
Course Outline
Mobile Game Engineering Mobile Game Programming Mobile Game Development Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Industry Structure Industry and Market Research Analysis and Mobile Game Application Market Research Report Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Modes of Distribution and Pricing Structures Cross-Platform Deployment Social Media and Mobile Gaming Copyright and Patents Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Object-Oriented Programming Development Limitations Solo Testing Improved Performance Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Mobile Game Testing Quality Assurance Performance Estimation Game Tester Feedback Game Play Quality Analysis Technical Writing Analytical Skill Development Academic Research and Methodologies
Course Outline
Mobile Game Project Organization Game Writing Technical Specification Compilation and Presentation Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
M OB I L E GAM I NG
207
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MBG 620
Course Outline
Storyboard Principles and Methods Storyboard Creation Wireframes and Mock-Ups Collaborative Critique and Revision Methodologies Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
UI/UX Design Principles Mobile Game User Analysis UI Design Mobile Game Asset Design Academic Research and Methodologies
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M OB I L E GAM I NG
208
Music
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
The music business has undergone some seismic shifts in the past few years, but one thing hasnt changed: it takes an army of talented and well-prepared people working behind the scenes to get artists the attention they deserve. That army needs to be equipped to provide their clients with the logistical assistance, nancial arrangements, and promotional prowess they need to maximize the impact of their artistic creations.
Business
Of course, the music business world goes far beyond just number crunching. The Music Business curriculum at Full Sail dives into the jobs, skills, and talents needed to be part of the team that gets music heard the tour managers, label employees, promoters, producers, merchandisers, lawyers, publishers, and, yes, accountants that help to keep the wheels of commerce turning so artists and their fans can connect on stage, online, on TV, on mobile phones, on the radio, and all over the world.
Areas of Focus
Law Fine Arts Management Modeling Marketing Animation Distribution Networking Effects Critical Listening Final Project/ Demo Reel CreFinal Project ation
M US I C B US I NE S S
209
Areas of Focus
Law
Contracts in the music business can range from a letter of agreement to an inches-thick document, but regardless of their size, youll need to have an understanding of how to protect your (or your clients) interests. Youll learn how best to do this in courses that examine subjects like music business law and contract negotiations, copyright protection, and more. Youll also explore the many different areas of the business in which legal knowledge is important, from the rules that guide agents, managers, and attorneys to the art of negotiating a sweetheart deal.
Management
As either a studio manager or an industry executive, an in-depth knowledge of the protocol, etiquette, and professionalism youll need to thrive in the music business is essential. Skills like effective communication, strategic planning, and an understanding of the various structures in the music business are all learned in the Music Business Bachelors program, helping you to understand how to successfully nurture a clients career or even navigate your own way to the top of the corporate ladder.
M US I C B US I NE S S
210
Areas of Focus
MARKETING
artist
CON N ECTION
AUDIENCE
LAW/MANAGEMENT
DISTRIBUTION/ FINAL PROJECT
contract
NE GOTI ATI ONS
marketing
plan
AN ALYSI S
COPYRIGHT
PROTECTION
PUBLICITY
promotions
RETAIL
me rc h a n d isin g
shows
TRADE
communication
SKILLS
successful
PRO M O TIO N
DISTRIBUTION
effective
market Marketing
MARKETING
artist
C O NNEC TIO N MMBS
AUDIENCE
successful
LAW/MANAGEMENT
P R OMOT I ON
Finding and connecting an artist with an audience is one of the main reasons the music business exists. Whether youre an artist looking for exposure or merchandi s i ng a record company trying to provide it, the Music Business curriculum will teach you how to analyze ANALYSIS and predict customer behavior and then turn that analysis into a marketing plan. Youll learn how to effectively use publicity, merchandising, retail promotions, touring, trade shows, online outlets, and other marketing tools to get music in front of the right people, as a step towards growing and PROTECTION NEGOTIATIONS energizing an artists fan base.
research
marketing
PLANS
marketing
plan
PUBLICITY
DISTRIBUTION
contract effective
COPYRIGHT market
research
commu
MARKETING
artist
C O N N E C T IO N
Distribution
AUDIENCE
strategic
PLANNING
RETAIL
successful
P R O M O T IO N
promotions
shows
M US I C B US I NE S S
T RADE
Like a tree falling in a forest, the best music in the world can remain unheard if nobody ever gets a ANALYSIS chance to listen. Next to successful promotion, effective distribution is the best way to give as many people as possible that chance. Whether overseeing the production of a physical product and getting that product into traditional retail channels, or pursuing the expanding opportunities afforded by online outlets, youll develop a keen understanding of the various distribution methods vital to a successful career in the music business.
marketing
plan
PUBL
m e rc h
DISTRIBUTION
effective
res
ma
211
BS
Areas of Focus
ENING
MANAGEMENT
Networking
marketing market effective successful PLANS music SONG MIXING PR O MOTION DISTRIBUTION research strategic structure COPYRIGHT communication evaluation contracttechniques PROTECTION elements S K I LLS PLANNING NE GOT I AT I ONS
NETWORKING
elements
techniques
structure
GOAL
KETING
Music Business management will present nine networking workshops throughout GOALthe undergraduate business programs to provide students with the necessary networking skills for future etiquette success. The sessions cover topics AUDIENCE like goal setting, professional CONNE CT ION etiquette, professional communication and establishing a personal brand. Students will create important networking pieces like business cards, resumes and online portfolios.
setting
PUBLICITY
merchandising
professional
shows
TRADE
etiquette
setting artist
promotions
RETAIL
personal B R A ND
RIBUTION/ L PROJECTCritical
successful Listening P R OM OT I ON
MMBS
DISTRIBUTION
effective
research
market
marketing
PLANS
Students develop their ability to listen to music with the critical ear of a music industry professional, learning to discuss the aesthetic and technical elements of live and recorded music with a variety of music business professionals, from engineers to artists. They learn to differentiate and identify by sound various instruments and mixing techniques. Students learn how to optimize the listening experience, explore LAW/MANAGEMENT song structure, and evaluate and discuss music at a professional level.
contract
N E G O T IAT I O N S
COPYRIGHT
PROTECTION
communication
S K IL L S
act
FinalCOPYRIGHT Project
PROTECTION
communication
SKILLS
strategic
PLANNING
RETAIL
IO N S
st
ON
CE
OTION
sful
Your nal project is your chance to prove youre prepared to take MARKETING all the knowledge youve gained throughout the Music Business Bachelors program and combine it with the drive, imagination, and love for music that brought you to Full Sail in the rst place. PUBLICITY Youll be responsible for analyzing a real-world music business merchandising scenario and working through all the details and components AN ALYSIS necessary to make it successful from researching the current DISTRIBUTION/ market conditions and commercial viability, to identifying your sources of funding and investment strategy, to creating FINAL PROJECT a marketing plan and accounting for distribution.
artist
C ON N EC TION
marketing
plan
A N A LY S I S
PUBLICITY
AUDIENCE
mer chandising
marketing
plan
promotions
shows
TRADE
DISTRIBUTION
effective
research
market
marketing
PLANS
successful
PRO M O TIO N
DISTRIBUTION
M US I C B US I NE S S
effective
research
|
Bachelor of Science Degree Program 212
market
Overview
Although every job in the music business is unique, they all need to work in harmony to maximize an artists potential. This real world approach is at the heart of Full Sails Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program, which will assist you with in-depth knowledge of multiple aspects of the business to include the need for music business professionals working with major record labels, lm, TV, sports media, video game developers, online streaming sites, advertising agencies and more. To be an effective player in the music business, its not just important to be good at what you do, but also to be well-versed in the many different roles within the industry. For example, a bands publicist may not need to book a tour, but being aware of how and why that tour is routed a certain way is invaluable knowledge when it comes to forming a media strategy. By teaching you about the many different roles in the business, the Music Business curriculum allows you to not only focus on what you do best, but also to ensure that your contributions to the big picture are as effective as possible. Youll learn these roles through courses in music-specic business subjects like Artist Management, Music Copyright and Publishing, Concert Management and Publicity, and Record Label Development, as well as general business concepts like marketing, distribution, and law. After youve absorbed all the necessary knowledge from these varied courses, the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree program culminates in a nal project in which you analyze a music business company problem and develop managerial and entrepreneurial strategies to address it. In addition to businessspecic topics, youll also have courses focusing on communication skills, business statistics, professional presentation, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the music business industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and rsum and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
The goal is to provide the student with the focused knowledge and understanding of essential business and management skills, further enhancing the students ability to become a successful music business professional in a variety of elds, including recording, artist management, concert management, music publishing, music marketing, music supervision, merchandising, distribution, and e-commerce. Completion of the Music Business Bachelor of Science Degree provides graduates with a portfolio of real-world projects to further careers as entrepreneurs and leaders in the music industry, and for entry-level business positions with record labels, music publishers, artist management rms, concert promoters and music technology companies.
MUSIC BUSINESS
213
Music Business
PROGRAM CORE
Code MUB 481 ACG 3223 ENTB 251 MUM 4309 MUB 461 MUB 2513 ENTB 2713 MAN 2020 MKT 210 BUL 4621 MUB 131 MUM 3733 MUM 3308 MUM 4305 MUH 2050 MUB 4361 MUB 4715 OBM 1000 ENTB 3013 ENTB 3623 MUB 343 ENTB 4913 Totals: Course Artist Management Business Accounting Business Law
Code MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 ENC 1102 PSC 1030 ECO 2005 STA 2027 MAN 3152 HUM 1505 COM 3109 DEP 1013 Totals:
Course College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I English Composition II Fundamentals of Physical Science Introduction to Economics Introduction to Statistics
3
OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS IN THE MEDIA AND ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRIES
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
Business Technology and E-Commerce Concert Management and Publicity Critical Listening for Music Professionals Excel and Data Reporting Introduction to Management Introduction to Marketing Music Business Law and Contract Negotiations Music Business Management Music Business Marketing Music Distribution Music History I Music Merchandising and Retail Promotions Music Supervision Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Principles of Business Finance Principles of Entrepreneurship Record Label Development Strategic Business Management
6
MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MUSIC HISTORY I
10
EXCEL AND DATA REPORTING
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
Leadership and Organizational Behavior Popular Culture in Media Professional Communication and Presentation Psychology of Play
11
CRITICAL LISTENING FOR MUSIC PROFESSIONALS
12
13
14
15
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS
20
124 112
BUSINESS ACCOUNTING
PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP
21
LEADERSHIP & ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
22
23
24
MUSIC BUSINESS LAW & CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS
25
MUSIC DISTRIBUTION
28
ARTIST MANAGEMENT
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
M US I C B US I NE S S
214
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUB 481 ENTB 251 MUB 461
Artist Management
The Artist Management Course explores the career path of the manager. This position plays a significant role in the entertainment business community and in the career of the artist/band. Course topics include: the artist/manager relationship, launching an artists career, management contracts, development of an artists career path, and sustaining an artists career.
Business Law
The Business Law Course provides an overview of general business practices, including entity formation, insurance, taxes, and accounting. Students study the laws protecting intellectual property in relation to protecting their own work and legally incorporating the works of others. Students study the law and practices of contracts and negotiations. All concepts are explored through legal case studies and applied business projects.
Course Outline
Overview of the Artist Manager Developing the Artist/ Manager Relationship Launching the Artists Career The Management Contract Planning the Artists Career Making the Career Plan Work Career Maintenance and Control
Course Outline
Overview of Entertainment Industries Business Practices An Introduction to Intellectual Property Clearances and Licensing Contracts and Business Law
Course Outline
Concert Promotion Basics Examination of the Touring Team for the Artist/Band Public Safety Guidelines and Issues Preparing the Show for the Road Daily Scheduling and Management of the Schedule Contract Riders Vendor Contracts
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Business Accounting
The Business Accounting Course examines the accounting cycle and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements. Students learn the concept of profitability, principles of cost models and controls, and various operational planning techniques that are used to evaluate the performance of a company. The role of accountants in the entertainment industry is examined throughout the course. Students use real-world accounting software to apply concepts learned.
Course Outline
The Accounting Cycle Preparation of Basic Financial Statements Interpretation of Basic Financial Statements Cost Models and Cost Control Decision-Making and Operational Planning
The Business Technology and E-Commerce Course addresses emerging technologies and their impacts on business management within the music and entertainment industry. In this course, students explore the proliferation of new technologies and how they are utilized to achieve business goals. Students also learn how to leverage new technologies to reach customers, manage customer relationships, increase revenue and profitability, and optimize their business practices. They learn how to evaluate competing technologies to achieve business goals, and they explore resources that will help them stay current with emerging technologies that can change the industry.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Current Technology Platforms and Trends in the Industry Innovation and Adoption Models Quantifying Usage and Value
Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Basics of Music: Pitch, Rhythm, Melody, Harmony, Texture, Form, Dynamics Optimizing the Listening Experience Identification of Musical Instruments and Variations Mix Elements and Techniques Past and Current Trends and Sounds in Popular Music
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks M US I C B US I NE S S Bachelor of Science Degree Program
215
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 2713 MKT 210 MUB 131
Introduction to Marketing
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of the entertainment business field. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products, and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.
Course Outline
Formulas and Functions Tables and Charts Data Analysis Data Reporting
Course Outline
Music Business Management Copyright Administration Companies The Unions Concert Production Companies Publicity Companies Touring Companies Distribution Companies
Course Outline
4 weeks
Marketing Principles and Terminology Advertising Entertainment Licensing and Promotion Merchandising Public Relations Branding
3.00
Course length
Introduction to Management
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining organizational structure within leadership and legal contexts, and further examine human resource principles. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices, provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure in a Leadership vs. Legal Context Human Resource Principles Employee Benefit Programs and Taxes Local and National Labor Laws
Course Outline
Marketing Plan Research & Development Branding Advertising Public Relations Social Media Integrated Marketing Communications
Course Outline
Specific Legal Terminology Relating to the Music Business Industry Contract Writing and Negotiation Industry Contract Issues Lawyers, Business Managers, and Agents
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C B US I NE S S
216
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUM 3308 REC 2050 MUB 4715
Music History I
The American music industry has generated hits and new style combinations throughout every decade. The Music History Course surveys this rich evolution from its roots through modern times through both sound and video while examining each musical styles respective sociological and technological precedents.
Music Supervision
Students learn how to serve as a creative liaison between the music industry and the visual media industries, including film, television, video games, and advertising. Students develop their ability to determine the musical vision, tone, and style that best suit a given multimedia project. They learn to identify, secure and supervise music-related talent, including composers, songwriters, recording artists, musicians and producers, and to effectively communicate and negotiate with talent representation to obtain necessary clearances.
Course Outline
Folk and Country Music Popular Music of America 1850-1995
Course Outline
Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties
Course Outline
3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Role and Responsibilities of the Music Supervisor Trends and Players in the Visual Media Industries Identification of Musical Vision, Tone, and Style of a Project Securing Legal Rights of Recordings Working Within an Established Budget to Deliver Music Elements
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Music Distribution
The Music Distribution Course Course focuses on the distribution process and the various distribution channels available in the music business industry. This course addresses various distribution components, such as the types of distribution deals currently available in the industry, the examination of the different types of distributors, and the influence of the Internet as a distribution channel. In addition, this course examines the exploitation of a music product for optimal monetization, and the new business models for creating revenue streams.
Course Outline
Product Assessment Types of Retail Outlets Merchandise Design Direct Marketing and Non-Store Sales Trademark Protection Internet Distribution Pricing and Cost Analysis Live Productions and Music Merchandising
Course Outline
Distribution Fundamentals Distribution Deal Types Funding a Music Project Licensing Income Interpersonal Sales Techniques Direct Response Infomercials Internet Distribution & Promotion Social E-Commerce in Music Business
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C B US I NE S S
217
Course Descriptions
Program Core
ENTB 3013 MUB 343
General Education
MGF 1213
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
Course Outline
Financial Analysis Time Value of Money Debt vs. Equity Financing Budgeting and Forecasting Capital Budgeting Techniques Business Valuation Risk Management Personal Finance
Course Outline
Legal Department Marketing Department Promotions Department Publicity Sales
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Business Problem Analysis Strategic Management Decisions
Course Outline
Role of the Entrepreneur The Entrepreneurial Mindset Case Studies in Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship as a Career
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C B US I NE S S
218
Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 PSC 1030 STA 2027
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students in this course learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Introduction to Statistics
The Introduction to Statistics Course introduces statistics as a tool for decision-making. Students will learn how to collect, present, and organize data, and explore measures of central tendency and dispersion and how to calculate them. Students will also learn how to represent data visually by creating and interpreting charts and graphs, explore relationships found in data through correlation analysis, and assign probability to calculate the likelihood of the occurrence of events. Students will apply this knowledge by solving problems and making decisions based on quantifiable data.
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
English Composition II
The English Composition II Course is designed to build upon the competencies acquired in English Composition I and to further refine students writing process. Students will develop proficiency in academic writing, information literacy, and critical thinking abilities. Through the study of argument, persuasive appeals, and learning to identify and avoid logical fallacies, students will learn to produce sophisticated arguments of their own.
Introduction to Economics
The Introduction to Economics Course examines the principles of economics that influence decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the global economic system. Students examine the features of and reasons for different economic systems throughout the world. Supply and demand, fiscal and monetary policies, and international trade benefits and costs are discussed. The course provides a solid understanding of economics and how economics affects the entertainment business industry.
Course Outline
Critical Analysis Argument Information Literacy Research Methods of Documentation of Sources
Course Outline
Supply and Demand Consumer Behavior International Economics Role of Government Monetary Policy
Course Outline
Leadership Group Dynamics Motivating Building Effective Teams Decision-making Conflict Resolution
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C B US I NE S S
219
Course Descriptions
General Education
HUM 1505 DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Popular Culture As Social Phenomena Approaches to Understanding Popular Culture Popular Culture and Media Technology Popular Culture and The Consumer/Audience
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Modes of Written and Oral Presentation Presence and Image of Written Communication Generating Ideas, Identifying Purpose, and Developing Content Presentation Strategies Audience Analysis Technical Development of a Presentation Personal Image
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C B US I NE S S
220
Production
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Musicians have long played an important role within multiple facets of the entertainment industry, enriching television, lm, radio, video games, live events, and more. The demand for creative, technologically savvy composers is greater than ever, and thanks to advances in home recording, the soundtrack to our lives can be created virtually anywhere in the world. Full Sail Universitys Music Production Bachelor of Science online degree is designed to equip you with music production skills that are essential for success in todays modern marketplace. As a student in the program, youll develop an understanding of contemporary music technology by creating your own songs, scores, and soundtracks. Youll also get a solid grounding in music theory, history, and composition. The program also explores the music marketing and business concepts youll need to ourish as a working professional in the entertainment industry. Upon graduation, youll enter the job market with an online personal portfolio of professional quality music projects produced throughout the degree program.
Music
Areas of Focus
Music Theory Fine Arts Composition Modeling Animation Engineering Effects Marketing
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
221
Areas of Focus
Music Theory
The principles of music theory are the building blocks youll use every time you sit down to create a new composition. Using music-notation software, youll be able to analyze and study classical compositional techniques, and develop a rm grasp on foundational concepts like rhythm, meter, phrase, scales, and harmony. Youll also strengthen your ear training through exercises in musical listening and identication, as you study intervals, scales, triads, melodies, and transcription techniques.
MUSIC PRODUCTION
Youll also delve into musics roots with courses in music history. You will study the evolution of western music from classical to modern, and the evolution of popular music from the early 20th century all the way up to whats dominating the airwaves today.
SIC THEORY
COMPOSITION
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
222
Areas of Focus
MUSIC PRODUCTION
Composition
Youve got a rough musical concept but how does a riff, lyric, or general idea transform into a full-edged song? In the Music Production Bachelors program, youll learn a variety of compositional techniques to help take your ideas to the next level. Youll study songwriting and lyrical techniques, as well as learn about musical genres and the considerations one should have when working within different styles. Youll also explore choices in engineering styles, and how budgets and management can affect the course of a song or project. Courses also cover a variety of arrangement processes, from roots to pop to orchestral settings.
MUSIC THEORY
MUSIC PRODUCTION
COMPOSITION MUSIC THEORY
Throughout the program, youll apply what you learn to create musical pieces that will make up your own Digital Portfolio. As you build your musical catalog, as well as a supporting website, youll have a crucial professional asset that showcases what youre capable to show potential clients and employers as you enter the entertainment industry.
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
223
COMPOSITION
Areas of Focus
MUSIC PRODUCTION
Engineering
While at one point composers had no choice but MARKETING to write, record, and arrange their works in multimillion dollar studio facilities, advances in recording technology have made it possible for the bulk of that work to take place in a compact home studio environment. Those capabilities are empowering, and knowing how to maximize the potential of the tools you have at your disposal enables you to channel your inspiration and capture your musical ideas.
Marketing
Most musicians will agree that success in the industry depends on a lot more than just the quality of the music youve got to know how to market your music. The Music Production Bachelors Degree Program covers the roles that advertising, merchandising, public relations, and branding all play in a successful musical career. As you learn about these concepts, as well as the ins and outs of music copyright and publishing laws, youll work to develop a marketing plan to help separate you from the rest of the crowd and ensure that your music nds a platform to reach the rest of the world.
COMPOSITION
MARKETING
MUSIC THEORY
ENGINEERING
Youll study core concepts such as digital signal processing and digital audio recording as you use industry-standard software such as Pro Tools and Logic to record your course assignments. Youll also learn about audio workstation hardware and software, mastering the techniques and procedures that are required to maximize the use of this gear. Finally, by studying audio le management and documentation, youll ensure the organization of your audio les and recording sessions enables the recording process to run as smoothly as possible.
COMPOSITION
MARKETING
ENGINEERING
M US I C P RODUC T I ON | MARKETING
224
Overview
With the music industrys growing use of the Internet and the collaborative aspects of the music production environment, the demand for original music content has increased. Full Sails Music Production Bachelor of Science Degree Program presents a thorough, constantly developing curriculum that encompasses music composition, digital recording, and music production for animation, websites, and gaming. Whether a novice or a veteran musician, this degree provides you with a formal education that can help prepare you for a variety of career paths in the world of music creation and production. From digital audio principles, digital workstation technology, and digital signal ow to signal processing, MIDI techniques, and sound effect design, the curriculum covers many different procedures and applications found in the music production world. Through coursework utilizing a personal production studio consisting of an Apple laptop computer and a variety of professional audio software programs, you will gain the condence and skills to help you succeed in a variety of music production environments after graduation. In addition to music production skills and techniques, youll also develop communication skills and take courses in music history, professional presentation, music theory, songwriting, music copyright and publishing, and music business. To help you make the transition into this industry, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to pursue your career. In addition, the Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout the length of your professional career.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of music production technology and concepts needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as multimedia music composers, digital music recording engineers, postproduction audio engineers, MIDI/ digital audio workstation operators and programmers, music editors, music arrangers, interactive sound design and music composers, game music composers, and a variety of other positions in the audio and entertainment industries. In addition to gaining technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
MUSIC PRODUCTION
225
Music Production
PROGRAM CORE
Code MPR 4315 MPR 4301 MPR 4001 MUT 3413 MPR 1751 REC 3803 MPR 2413 MPR 1852 MPR 3451 MUH 2053 MUH 4053 REC 3624 MUB 131 MPR 2301 MUM 3308 MPR 3113 MPR 4853 MPR 3701 MPR 1001 MUT 1024 MPR 3311 MUT 1212 OAA 1000 MPR 4411 REC 1732 MPR 3011 Totals: Course
Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 IMK 302 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PSC 1030 ENC 326 DEP 1013 Totals:
Course Art History College Mathematics Cultural Studies and the Web Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physical Science Professional Writing Psychology of Play
Advanced Audio Production Techniques Advanced Music Composition Programming Advanced Music Production for Media Advanced Music Theory Audio Fundamentals Audio Postproduction Audio Production Techniques Digital Recording Principles Game Music Composition History of Popular Music I History of Popular Music II Interactive Audio Music Business Management Music Composition Programming Music Copyright and Publishing Music Genres Music Production Final Project Music Production for Media Music Theory I Music Theory II Musical Arrangement Musical Listening and Identification Overview of the Audio Arts Industries Professional Workflow Sequencing Technology Songwriting
10
30.00
SEQUENCING TECHNOLOGY MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING HISTORY OF POPULAR MUSIC I AUDIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES SONGWRITING
129.5 128
16
17
ART HISTORY
18
19
20
MUSIC GENRES
21
22
ADVANCED MUSIC COMPOSITION PROGRAMMING
23
24
25
PROFESSIONAL WRITING
26
27
28
29
30
PROFESSIONAL WORKFLOW
99.50
CULTURAL STUDIES & THE WEB
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
226
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MPR 4315 MPR 4001 MPR 1751
Audio Fundamentals
It is vital that todays music production student has a solid understanding of basic audio fundamentals and how they relate to the digital realm. This course examines basic audio fundamentals and the ways in which sound is represented in a digital format. These preliminary concepts prepare students for working with audio in various digital audio applications using several media formats.
Course Outline
Advanced Signal Flow DAW Automation Audio Editing in Music and Sound for Picture Strategies for Music Mixing
Course Outline
Animation and Film Survey Animation and Film Production Roles and Organization Creating Moods, Tension and Release Composing to Picture
Course Outline
Fundamentals of Audio Waveforms Fundamentals of Harmonics Binary Digits Fundamentals of Digital Audio Capture and Reproduction Fundamentals of Digital Audio Media Formats
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
REC 3803
Audio Postproduction
The Audio Postproduction Course provides students with an overview of production sound and audio postproduction sound design for film and television. Subjects include the history of the audio postproduction process, the recording of production sound, timecode and synchronization, the film audio postproduction process, and the television audio postproduction process.
Course Outline
Advanced Rhythmic Techniques Alternative Scales & Modes Extended Harmony, Modulation & Key Relationships Melody & Countermelody Sound Design Mixing Concepts
Course Outline
Harmonic Analysis Rhythmic Analysis Rhythm Section Analysis Musical Form
Course Outline
History of Audio Postproduction Recording Production Audio for Film and Video Timecode and Synchronization Film Audio Postproduction Process Television Audio Postproduction Process
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.50
Course length
4 weeks
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
227
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MPR 2413 MPR 3451 MUH 4053
Course Outline
Recording & Editing Mixing & Remixing Audio File Management Session Preparation
Course Outline
Game Music Survey The Game Design Process and Team Nonlinear Musical Development Nonlinear Musical Character Development Developing a Game Environment with Sound and Music
Course Outline
The Popular Music Revolution 19651970 Big Business Music, Promotion Convergence vs. the Fringe 19701990
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Interactive Audio
The Interactive Audio Course introduces students to the importance of high quality audio for all applications of interactive media. Students delve into specific examples of audio components and explore how the elements apply to the final product. The course provides a survey of audio, computer, and synthesis fundamentals as applied to streaming audio, video games, and other interactive content.
Course Outline
Mac OS System Audio Recording Software Overview Maximizing Input Devices Standard Music Production Practice Common Challenges in the Project Studio Environment
Course Outline
Fundamentals of Audio for Interactive Sound Design and Postproduction for Various Interactive Media Digital Audio Theories and Interactive Media Issues
Course Outline
Roots of American Music: EuropeanAmerican Folk, and Blues/Gospel Urban and Rural Popular Forms of the Early 20th Century: Jazz Age, Pop, Country The Pop Music for Youth Explosion, 1945 to 1965
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
228
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MUB 131 MUM 3308 MPR 4853
Course Outline
Distribution Fundamentals Distribution Deal Types Funding a Music Project Licensing Income Interpersonal Sales Techniques Direct Response Infomercials Internet Distribution & Promotion Social E-Commerce in Music Business
Course Outline
Historical Overview of the Music Publishing Industry Music Publishing Overview and Concepts Copyright Law Copyright Requirements and Regulations Copyright Protection Copyright and Digital Technology Royalties
Course Outline
Creating a Demo/Portfolio of Work Choosing Available Projects Concept Negotiation How to Negotiate an Agreement and a Contract Preproduction Final Presentation and Peer/Faculty Review
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Loop Based Composition Programming Drum Loops Composing Melodies Composing Bass Lines Harmonizing Melodies
Course Outline
Media Survey: Music Branding and Advertising for Radio, Television, and the Web Sonic Branding Jingle Campaigns
Course Outline
Roots Genre Arrangements Modern Genre Arrangements
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Producing a Campaign
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
229
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MPR 1001 MPR 3311 OAA 1000
Music Theory I
Successful completion of the Music Theory I Course will create a solid basis for further musical understanding. The class focuses on essential topics while providing more advanced students an opportunity to review the rudiments of musical language. Topics to be covered include note identification, interval recognition, major scale construction, basic rhythmic notation and ear training. Music Theory I equips the student with the tools needed to effectively communicate fundamental musical concepts.
Musical Arrangement
The Musical Arrangement Course addresses instrumentation and arranging techniques. This course focuses on developing an understanding of the nature and limitations of acoustic and electronic instruments, as well as effective formulaic techniques for successful arrangement. Instrumental families utilized in the course include bowed strings, woodwinds, and brass. Arranging techniques explored include pads, two-part melodic harmonization, and mechanical voicings. Additional course topics address creating a musical score, exporting MIDI data from Sibelius, and mixing tracks in Apple Logic to create a synthesized performance.
Course Outline
Notes, the Keyboard, Staff Notation and Basic Rhythmic Notation Basic Intervals and Meters Major Scales and Diatonic Intervals Consonance vs. Dissonance and Basic Composition
Course Outline
Arranging Budgets and Management Development of an Engineering Style Psychology and Creative Development
Course Outline
Overview of the Audio Arts Industries The Disciplines that Comprise the Audio Arts Industries Current Trends and Visions of the Future Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Audio Arts Industries
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Music Theory II
The Music Theory II Course continues an in-depth study of the workings of musical structure first explored in Music Theory I. Students will study melody, harmony, and rhythm, and will continue to develop notational and aural skills. The focus of the course lies in understanding the construction of music and gaining the ability to communicate effectively with musicians, composers, directors, programmers, and producers in a professional audio production environment.
Professional Workow
Topics addressed in the Professional Workflow Course include file labeling, submission, and delivery methods required for collaboration between remote locations. This course helps to develop students professional understanding of industry standards, workflow, protocol, and etiquette. Students use these collaborative skills while contributing to the final project.
Course Outline
Triads Roman Numeral Analysis Key Signatures Forms of the Minor Mode Seventh Chords
Course Outline
Audio File Management and Documentation Production Milestones and Delivery Specifications Documentation for Television, Film, and Game Music Data Storage Solutions and Back-Up Solutions Collaboration Methodology in Media Production Mixing and Basic Mastering
Course Outline
Musical Intervals Recognizing Scales and Triads Accompaniments and Introduction to Groove Transcription Techniques Instrument Families: Strings, Winds, Drums, Percussion Discover Timbre through Synthetic Imitation
4.00
Course Length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
230
Course Descriptions
Program Core
REC 1732
General Education
ART 2007 IMK 302
Sequencing Technology
The Sequencing Technology Course explores the use of MIDI-based hardware and software in music production, live performance, and studio control. Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) is the electronic marriage of music and computer technology that revolutionized music composition, recording, performance, and arrangement. Students will be introduced to the history, principles, and varied uses of MIDI, as well as sequencing techniques, synchronization, troubleshooting, and MIDI system design. Students will also survey the effect of MIDI on the modern recording studio environment and examine live MIDI applications.
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Course Outline
Ancient Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Cultural Variation Consumer Behavior and Culturally Relevant Promotional Content Geo-demographics, Cultural Context, and Internet Marketing Practice Technology and Consumerism
Course Outline
MIDI Concepts Sequencing MIDI Hardware and Software Synchronization
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
Songwriting
In the Songwriting Course, basic lyric writing techniques will be addressed. Students will learn to develop a concept into a complete song, while applying successful melodic, harmonic, rhythmic and formal musical structures learned in previous courses. Topics include lyrical subject matter, rhymes and rhyme schemes, lyric poetic devices, song form, and the song production process.
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
DGL 1012
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Title and Concept Popular Song Form Compositional Decision Making Tools for Successful Lyric Writing Songwriting and the Production Process
Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
231
Course Descriptions
General Education
ENC 1101 ENC 326
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Professional Writing
The Professional Writing Course focuses on preparing students to write effectively and apply contemporary technologies and business communication best-practices in todays workplace. Students learn to recognize the link between developing their writing skills and career success. The analysis of communication in organizations, including barriers and methods for overcoming those barriers, leads students to understand the ethical goals of a business communicator. From concept to practice, students learn and apply different business writing formats, styles, and techniques in writing business letters, professional email and memos, and formal and informal reports.
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Multi-Disciplinary Writing Manuscripts and Adaptations Reports and Proposal Writing
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Strategies for Drafting, Revising, and Proofreading Professional Documents Audience Analysis
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Force and Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Solids and Fluids Transmission of Sound Behavior of Light Physical Theories and Mathematical Formulas
Course Outline
4.00 Course length 4 weeks
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
M US I C P RODUC T I ON
232
Journalism
Master of Arts Degree Program
The power of information has only increased with the progress of digital technology, and today, we have greater access than ever to news in its myriad forms. Traditional media outlets like television and newspapers are now complemented by Internet-connected devices that can keep you constantly updated with news and opinions. Each of these outlets demand specic skills from todays journalists, but those professionals who can combine journalism fundamentals with technological savvy are the ones who will help shape the future of information media. The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches you how to create engaging stories across a variety of different platforms, helping you develop the skills needed to be an adaptable content creator. In addition to the core requirements of journalism reporting, writing, editing youll also learn to use photography, streaming video, and interactive graphics to augment the story youre trying to tell. By teaching the skills youll need to become a more effective and versatile communicator, the New Media Journalism masters degree program will help prepare you for a professional career in todays rapidly evolving media landscape.
New Media
Areas of Focus
Multimedia Content Development Fine Arts Personal Branding Effects
Modeling Interactive Media Final Project/ Demo Reel CreDistribution Animation ation
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
233
Areas of Focus
your WORK
PROMOTE
recognizable VOICE
Multimedia Content Development
Information technology has helped expand the way journalists are able to tell their stories. Instead of just posting an article online, youre now able to support it with embedded video, audio, and interactive graphics that deepen the impact of your narrative. The New Media Journalism degree program offers much more than just theory in this area, as youll be taught how to use powerful graphics software in courses like Digital News Production and Multimedia Development and Editing. Youll work with these applications to master professional photo editing, le management, video post-production, and web development as they relate to different media outlets. The last course in the program brings together all of these components for a nal capstone project. Students pick a subject to feature, and use their understanding of different storytelling methods to create a complete multimedia package that combines elements of text, photography, video, and graphics. This will also include a web portion, with students keeping a blog that chronicles their work, as well as maintaining a website that supports the themes of the project.
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
engaging
communication
STYLE
234
Areas of Focus
master professional
PHOTO EDITING
Interactive Media Distribution
The growth of interactive media is a huge benet for todays journalists, who now have more options than ever for producing a wide range of content for emerging outlets like social media networks, blogs, mobile devices, and online video broadcasts. These areas each have their own specic content needs, and in classes like New Media Publishing and Distribution and Writing for Interactive Media, youll learn how to apply traditional storytelling techniques to the writing styles appropriate for different platforms. Curriculum also covers how to structure articles and create a narrative ow within the connes of different design aesthetics. Your study also includes research into distribution methods, syndication, and consumer trends, as well as what kinds of factors steer people toward one media outlet or another. By understanding both the platforms youre writing for and their core audiences, youll be able to build a successful journalism career working in different types of media.
le MANAGEMENT
VIDEO post-production
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
WEBdevelopment
|
235
Areas of Focus
consumer TRENDS
Personal Branding
When it comes to online journalism, a writers biggest asset is being able to develop a recognizable voice that attracts loyalty in readers. Having your own marketable brand will open up new avenues of work, which is why the New Media Journalism degree program encourages students to solidify their messaging in classes like Social Media and Online Community Engagement, and Public Relations and Reputation Management. Youll also learn the importance of interacting with different online communities and forums, networking with fans, and incorporating reader feedback into your writing all of which will help you to establish your online presence and promote your work. Regardless of the media outlet, readers are attracted to personalities they can relate to, and youll learn how to apply your thoughts and opinions into an engaging communication style.
social Media
syndication
BLOGS
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
236
Areas of Focus
Overview
The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program addresses the opportunities for communication in todays media industry, with a focus on the mechanics of current technologies and how they enhance both narrative structure and visual storytelling. As a student in the program, youll explore methods of research, reporting, and publishing on a variety of multimedia platforms while taking into account different approaches that each platform requires. Specialized courses teach you how to apply methods of traditional journalism to writing for interactive media, including reporting using online resources and social media, public relations, and addressing and resolving legal issues in the digital domain. Youll also learn how to produce visual and text-based content for multimedia platforms, and publish that content through different digital delivery systems. Youll apply this collected knowledge to a nal capstone project that will consist of a sustained study of a journalistic topic that will be published to a website or blog, and incorporate text, photography, video, graphics, and other storytelling elements. Youll also document the evolution of the project with a supporting thesis paper, giving you a comprehensive communications project to showcase your abilities as a media journalist. Full Sail Universitys Career Development department will be on hand to provide support and guidance as you launch your career search in the eld of journalism. The assistance of this department is extended to Full Sail graduates for the length of their careers.
Objective
The New Media Journalism Master of Arts degree program teaches students how new media technology shapes contemporary journalism in philosophy, practice, and delivery. The curriculum addresses the concepts, processes, and tools utilized in digital news production, digital newsroom management, multimedia reporting, and social media writing, as well as the legal and ethical aspects of new media journalism. Completion of the program will enable graduates to take advantage of growing career opportunities for multimedia writers, reporters, producers, managers, and editors. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to lifelong learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
237
5
MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT & EDITING
8
MOBILE TECHNOLOGY & COMMUNICATIONS
9
SOCIAL MEDIA & ONLINE COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
10
PUBLIC RELATIONS & REPUTATION MANAGEMENT
MULTIMEDIA REPORTING
12
NEW MEDIA JOURNALISM FINAL PROJECT
48 48
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
238
Course Descriptions
Program Core
NMJ 570 NMJ 610 NMJ 590
Multimedia Reporting
In the Multimedia Reporting Course, students learn how to access, transfer and process electronic information, and how to gain ownership of a story by presenting that information in a visual, useful, and factual way. Students become proficient in conceiving stories and packages that will work well on the web, practice on-camera presentation for Web and multimedia stories, and learn how to organize raw material into a news-oriented narrative. The course provides instruction towards visual storytelling and story advancement and evolution, with guidance regarding hardware and software that journalists must know for multimedia reporting.
Course Outline
Recording Audio Reports Shooting Video Reports Audio Slideshows Computer Animation Multimedia Distribution
Course Outline
Mobile Applications Flash and CSS Intelligent Networks Sociology of Mobile Device Usage Content Distribution
Course Outline
Objectivity, Fairness and Accuracy Interviewing Techniques Interactive Reporting Presentation Skills Story Evolution
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Ethics of Mass Media and New Media Media Behavior Non-Professional Journalism New Journalism Laws
Course Outline
Interface and Database Communication Traditional and Non-Traditional News Organizations Data Visualization
Course Outline
4 weeks
Photo and File Management Editing Images Text Formatting Post-Production Techniques Website Construction and Development
4.00
Course length
Convergence Culture
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
239
Course Descriptions
Program Core
NMJ 690 NMJ 650 NMJ 620
Course Outline
New Media Practices Crisis Management Story Evolution
Course Outline
Review of New Media Journalism Concepts Story Pitch and Proposal Online Research Multimedia Package and Presentation Thesis Paper
Course Outline
Citizen and Participatory Journalism Virtual Communities Newsgroup Management Political and Cultural Engagement
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
Economic Challenges in Online Newsrooms Collaborative Publishing Models Syndication Streams Online Advertising and Sponsorship
Course Outline
Online Archival Research Crowdsourcing Databases Source Credibility Statistical Analysis and Conclusion
Course Outline
Topic Identification Interactive Storytelling Thematic Structure and Development Narrative and Explanatory Journalism
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
NE W M E DI A JOURNAL I S M
240
Animation
Master of Arts Degree Program
Computer Relations
to launch powerful conversations with an organizations consumers and advocates through social media. The Public Relations program can take you beyond the basics of PR through handson experience with new social tools and project-based work. You can become familiar with industry-standard utilities and software along with current workow practices, giving students the skills they need for a future in public relations.
Public
Areas of Focus
New Media PR Strategies Media Relations Fine Arts Brand & Modeling Message Development Animation Reputation Management Measuring Effects PR Results and Final ROI Project/ Demo Reel Creation
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
241
SHARING
content
content
crowd sourcing
CURATION
real-TIME
media
traditional
SHARING
crowd sourcing
content
CURATION
content
media channels
NONTRADITIONAL
ONAL
S T R AT E G Y
message
market
COORDINATION
campaign
research
on
strategy
tegy
IVE
qualitative
ive
CURATION
content
Media Relations
Since newspaper days, public relations professionals have had a symbiotic relationship with journalists. Often, many of the stories you read about or see on TV news have originated through a press release. Today, the journalist could be a blogger, an inuential voice on Twitter, an advocacy group, or even a disgruntled customer armed with a webcam and content a YouTube account. s our ci ng
rements
search RELATIONS
COORDINATION networks
campaign SOCIAL
real-TIME
media
SHARING
content
crowd
CURATION
research
traditional
NONTRADITIONAL
networks
real-TIME
media
SHARING
content
media
content
market
In the Public Relations masters degree program, youll learn the best way to engage with traditional and nontraditional media channels to achieve PR goals, as content well as how to work withs both skeptics our ci ngand advocates of CURATION your organization as they share their opinions through the media. Youll also learn how to work with experts to represent your clients missions with authority.
crowd
campaign
|
content
242
networks
Areas of Focus
traditional
media channels
NONTRADITIONAL
S T R AT E G Y
message
writing TECHNIQUES
E S TA B L I S H M E N T
audience
writing TECHNIQUES
campaign
reputation MANAGEMENT
strategy
content
reputation DEFENSE
QUANTITATIVE
qualitative
real-TIME
media
SHARING audience
TRENDS
measurements
search
measurements
qualitative
relations professional, your job is to help craft the voice and goals of your client or organization, and TRENDS establish which audiences you need to reach. Youll learn how to amplify your writing style and adapt it for different media, from press releases to social media updates. Youll also learn how to use writing techniques to develop strong, consistent messages that inform and persuade audiences.
audience
search
MEDIA RELATIONS
traditional
media channels
NONTRADITIONAL
S T R AT E G Y
message
writing TECHNIQUES
market
consumer
research
real-TIME SOCIAL Understanding your audience media is crucial to your networks traditional
SHARING
content
efforts, and through classes in market and consumer research, youll learn how to use research tools to identify your target market and competition. Youll also learn how to ensure that your brands message NONTRADITIONAL stays consistent across all channels, and how to dia channels coordinate campaigns across social media, mobile platforms, and traditional outlets.
REPUTATION MANAGEMENT
reputation
qualitative
COORDINATION
audience
TRENDS
message
R AT E G Y
writing TECHNIQUES
market
consumer
campaign
measurements
search
research
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
243
Areas of Focus
S T R AT E G Y
message
PUBLIC RELATIONS
REPUTATION MANAGEMENT
reputation MANAGEMENT
content
Management
The concept of reputation management has grown in importance throughout the realm of public relations in recent years. PR professionals now W MEDIA need to transition their efforts from being reactive STRATEGIES through crisis management, to proactively observing conversations about their brands and speaking openly with the public.
strategy
SOCIAL networks
real-TIME
MEASURING
media
SHARING QUANTITATIVE
SOCIAL networks
real
media channels
NONTRADITIONAL
CURATION
content
qualitative
measurements
PUTATION NAGEMENT
media to channels how to monitor and respond public changes in sentiment regarding your client or organization. Youll learn how to defend and repair a damaged reputation, and how to address social threats such as dated or AND & MESSAGE inaccurate information theB press, uninformed VELOPMENT Ein S TA L I S Hor ME NT critics on the web. Youll also discover how reputation management strategies can protect and bolster your own personal brand as a professional. reputation
DIA RELATIONS In the Public Relations masters program, youll learn NONTRADITIONAL
traditional
In your coursework, youll learn how to measure and evaluate the impact of public relations tactics, using BRAND & MESSAGE numeric information to describe performance in DEVELOPMENT relation to your goals.
S T R AT E G Y
message
writing TECHNIQUES
market
consumer
audience
DEFENSE
repair
QUANTITATIVE
market Youll also examine quantitative and qualitative writing reputation consumer COORDINATION measurements to help provide context for audience TECHNIQUES REPUTATION research MANAGEMENT search trends, website trafc, and social behavior MANAGEMENT such as sharing content. Ultimately, you will learn how to develop and create reports that will develop your clients understanding and condence in the QUANTITATIVE public relations process.
campaign
research
strategy
ends
qualitative
audience
TRENDS
measurements
search
measurements
qualitative
audience
TRENDS
search
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
244
Areas of Focus
Overview
Throughout the Public Relations master of arts degree program, students will examine how new social tools and communication channels have changed the idea of what it means to be a public relations professional. Students will learn how to leverage social media in order to launch powerful dialogues with an organizations consumers and advocates. Along with learning the new digital tools, the Public Relations masters program will give students a solid foundation in traditional PR. Students will gain a solid grasp of how to plan, research, execute, and evaluate effective PR media plans. During the course of the program and in preparation for their nal thesis project, students will build a website and social channels from the ground up, fostering their own professional reputation and audience throughout the degree program.
Objective
The Internet and new media channels have had a profound impact on the eld of public relations. The rise of participatory media such as blogs, Twitter, and content-sharing sites has challenged the traditional ideal of who is a journalist dramatically altering how publicists and PR professionals engage to share their stories. In addition to traditional news media, todays PR professionals must also identify and develop credible and lasting relationships with inuential voices throughout the social media world. Effective PR messages are informative, newsworthy, and interesting but not to everyone and not all the time. Online PR professionals must compete with a broad spectrum of challenges and with a variety of social media participants, who all have their individual perspective of public relations and Internet marketing strategies. The Public Relations master of arts degree program is designed to provide students with a practical working knowledge of traditional PR methods and a handson understanding of the latest new social tools, communication channels, technologies, trends, and best practices. The 12-month program is focused on developing new media PR professionals with a solid understanding of traditional PR tradecraft, digital media expertise, and technical skills.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
245
Public Relations
PROGRAM CORE
Code PBR 530 PBR 620 PBR 540 PBR 630 PBR 520 PBR 560 PBR 610 PBR 640 PBR 699 PBR 510 PBR 650 PBR 550 Totals: Course
Advanced Writing for Public Relations Professionals Events Marketing and Production Innovative Public Relations Tools and Resources Integrated Marketing Communication Market and Consumer Research Analysis Media Relations The Online Media Room Public Relations Final Project and Thesis Public Relations in a Digital World Reputation Management Strategies Social Media Metrics and ROI
Legal Aspects of Social Media and Public Relations 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 36.00
9
INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION
10
MEDIA RELATIONS
11
REPUTATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
12
PUBLIC RELATIONS FINAL PROJECT & THESIS
36 48
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
246
Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 530 PBR 620 PBR 540
Course Outline
Professional Presentation, Public Speaking, and Spokesperson Development Leadership and Communication Meet-ups and Special Events
Course Outline
Platforms, Tools, and Techniques Blogging and Facebook Apps and Widgets Mobile and Tablet Applications
Course Outline
PR Multimedia Asset Production Public Relations and Scriptwriting Public Relations Writing Web-Based Communications and Development Visual Storytelling
Mobile Applications
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
247
Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 630 PBR 520 PBR 560
Course Outline
Internet Marketing Fundamentals Social Media and Online Community Engagement Social Media PR Case Studies Strategic Communication Management Digital Content Strategy
Course Outline
Marketing Research Audience Segmentation and Demographics Industry Analysis Selecting Digital Medium/ Channels/Platforms Evaluating Platforms
Course Outline
Libel and Slander Security Issues Working with a Legal Team
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Total credit hours Total credit hours 3.00 Course length 4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
248
Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 610 PBR 640 PBR 699
Media Relations
Journalists have traditionally provided PR professionals with an opportunity to have their story told to a large audience by a trusted source. In the Media Relations Course, students will consider who the journalist is in the digital space and how the traditional objective for a journalist has changed as a result of the Internet and participatory media. Students will explore how a public relations professional must understand their media community and the best way to engage with the media in a professional manner to achieve their public relations goals. Students will examine how to engage both the advocates and skeptics of their organization with the media; they will also learn how to leverage their communitys subject matter experts to represent their mission with authority.
Course Outline
Media Publicity and Development Evangelists, Advocates, and Influencers How to Pitch the Media Owned vs. Earned Media Establishing Credibility and Authenticity
Course Outline
Problem Analysis and Proposal Academic Research Thesis Paper
Course Outline
Digital Press Room Management Media Room and Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Web Design and Usability Audience Interaction
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
249
Course Descriptions
Program Core
PBR 510 PBR 650 PBR 550
Course Outline
The Psychology of Social Groups Define the Role of Public Relations and Connect this Profession to the Evolution Online Evaluation of Media Literacy and Current Trends PR Planning Process
Course Outline
New Media Practices Audience/Consumer Empowerment Strategic Communication Management Crisis Management Story Evolution
Course Outline
Web Analytics Social Media Metrics Defining Campaign Objectives
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
P UB L I C RE L AT I ONS
250
Sports Marketing
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
& Media
Todays sports fans are connected to their favorite games, teams, and athletes more than ever before, as technology has brought athletes and their fans even closer together. Through new media and digital distribution efforts, sports organizations now have a wide range of opportunities to connect to their biggest supporters while reaching out to new and casual fans. Our Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program helps you gain the skills needed to become
the kind of professional who is able to understand both the creative process and the marketing considerations involved with the development of video, website content, and social media campaigns for sports organizations. As you learn about the business principles, content creation, and legal and ethical issues of the sports industry, youll develop the skills necessary to position yourself as a valuable player in the ever-evolving world of sports and media.
Areas of Focus
New Media Marketing Fine Arts Content Modeling Creation Animation Distribution Channels & Effects Social Media Final Project/ Presence Demo Reel Creation
251
skills
Areas of Focus
skills
CONTENT
marketing TECHNOLOGY
social
social MOBILE
D I G I TA L S P A C E S
pro
DE
CONTENT
creation
creation
MOBILE
DIGITAL CONTENT
maximize
D I G I TA L S P A C E S
C R E AT E
multiplemultiple
PLATFORM
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS
BUSINESS
DEVELOPMENT THEORY
HIP
ills
I AT I N G
marketing TECHNOLOGY
professional
NETWORKING NETWORKING
S P ORT S M ARKE T I NG & M E DI A
DEVELOPMENT
252
Areas of Focus
skills
CONTENT
N E G O T I AT I N G
LEADERSHIP
creation
skills
CONTENT
LEADERSHIP
N E G O T I AT I N G
social
creation
N E G O T I AT I N G
maximize
marketing TECHNOLOGY
social
engaging
DEVELOPMENT C R E AT E
CONTENT
creation
MOBILE
D I G I TA L S P A C E S
LEADERSHIP
skills
N E G O T I AT I N G
marketing TECHNOLOGY
maximize
multiple
PLATFORM
BUSINESS
professional
C R E AT E
Throughout the program, youll learn about the new media distribution channels that sports organizations are using to connect with fans and consumers, and determine which channels best suit the product F O U N D AT or service. Youll study the opportunities found in CONTENT channels such as web 2.0, mobile devices, video games, virtual worlds, web mash-ups, blogs and C O N T TV, EN T podcasting. Youll wikis, email, interactive and also gain a better understanding of how social networks can be employed to create and maintain an online connection with fans, connecting events, branding campaigns, and the media youve created.
softwa
DIGITAL
DEVELOPMENT
multiple DEVELOPMENT
253
N TEAM CONNECTION
aximize
Areas of Focus
CONTENT
F O U N D AT I O N
multiple
PLATFORM
engaging
CONTENT
C R E AT E
software
F O U N D AT I O N
maximize
engaging
CONTENT
C R E AT E
DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS
multiple
PLATFORM
multiple
PLATFORM
THEORY
DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS
DEVELOPMENT
BUSINESS
NETWORKING
THEORY
DEVELOPMENT
NETWORKING
NETWORKING
Content Creation
Checking the score of the game or nding out the latest information about your favorite team is no longer about watching a ticker scroll by or checking the sports pages today, you can access all of that information from a device that can t in your pocket. In the Sports Marketing & Media degree program, youll learn how to craft compelling and engaging content for multiple platforms, including television, mobile devices, and the web. Youll conceptualize, create, and edit advertising materials, video elements, feature stories, podcasts, and business presentations, while learning about the process that goes into making mobile applications, video games, television broadcasts, and more.
254
Areas of Focus
Overview
Teams, companies, and organizations in the eld of sports business are rapidly moving into social, mobile, and digital spaces, while targeting opportunities to create content, control their messages, generate revenue, and create fan branding. These businesses are realizing that as the digital universe expands, they can connect with their respective clients and fan bases in a much more intimate way than has ever been possible. Because of this, the sports business has a universal need for creative minds who dont just understand and utilize technology, but who are able to communicate the information derived from it. In Full Sails Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program, youll have the opportunity to contribute to the new demands of the evolving eld of sports business, particularly from a position where digital art, design, communication, distribution, and marketing intersect. This online degree program will provide you with a fundamental understanding of how marketing and content creation are becoming much more integrated into the everyday operations of sports businesses. The degree program also provides practical, real-time opportunities for students to create, distribute, and market content and includes topics such as social media marketing, new media distribution, and intellectual property, public relations, and leadership. The collaborative, project-based program culminates in the Sports Marketing Final Project course, which requires students to create and produce a targeted sports business marketing campaign for a self-selected company (i.e., team, league, university, or marketer). To help you move towards your desired career, weve got a team of Career Development professionals that will help you polish your interviewing skills and resume. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
The objective of the Sports Marketing & Media Bachelor of Science online degree program is to help students develop and rene skills in marketing and technology, which will be valuable for communication, revenue generation, event operations, marketing, and business development within the eld of sports business. The degree program focuses on ways that students can maximize the connection between fans, teams, and athletes, and students will learn how to utilize the principles of marketing in a sports-specic context, while implementing original content on multiple platforms. Completion of the Sports Marketing & Media bachelors degree program will enable graduates to pursue new and emerging professional pathways in the eld of sports business.
255
GENERAL EDUCATION
Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 97.00 Graduates of this degree may apply to continue their education with the: Totals: 30.00 Code ART 2007 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PPE 2110 STA 2027 DEP 1013 SPC 1606 Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Ethics and Psychology Introduction to Statistics Psychology of Play Public Speaking Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00
Course Business Project Management Fundamentals of Digital Storytelling Global Sports Marketing Strategies History of Sports Media Intellectual Property Introduction to Digital Photography Introduction to Management Introduction to Marketing Introduction to Video
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
10
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
PUBLIC SPEAKING
INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
ART HISTORY
11
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY
12
13
14
15
Marketing Plans and Campaign Development Mobility Technology and Marketing New Media Distribution Channels Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Project Management and Assessment I Project Management and Assessment II Project Management and Assessment III Public Relations in Sports Social Media and Sports Marketing Sports Business Models Sports Events and Entertainment Sports Law and Contracts Sports Marketing Sports Marketing Final Project Sports Marketing Research Sports Media Sports Sales and Sponsorships Website Design and Editing
SPORTS MEDIA
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO
127 128
16
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL STORYTELLING
17
WEBSITE DESIGN & EDITING
18
SPORTS BUSINESS MODELS
19
20
SPORTS MARKETING RESEARCH
SPORTS MARKETING
21
SOCIAL MEDIA & SPORTS MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT I
22
23
24
NEW MEDIA DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
25
MOBILITY TECHNOLOGY & MARKETING PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT II
26
BUSINESS PROJECT MANAGEMENT
27
28
29
SPORTS SALES & SPONSORSHIPS PROJECT MANAGEMENT & ASSESSMENT III
30
GLOBAL SPORTS MARKETING STRATEGIES
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Game Design
Master of Science Degree Program
31
MARKETING PLANS & CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT
32
SPORTS MARKETING FINAL PROJECT
Entertainment Business
Master of Science Degree Program
* IF YOURE INTERESTED IN ANOTHER EDUCATIONAL TRACK, PLEASE CONTACT OUR ADMISSIONS DEPARTMENT TO EXPLORE YOUR OPTIONS.
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
256
Course Descriptions
Program Core
SMM 4111 SMM 4751 ENTB 376
Intellectual Property
The Intellectual Property Course examines trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and copyrights in connection with methods of protecting creative works. Students explore acquisition, licensing, sale, and transfer of rights as they relate to music, digital media, animation, gaming, film, and show production. Rights and issues related to independent contractors and work-for-hire employees are also addressed.
Course Outline
Global Sports Bodies, Governance, and Structures Global Sports Sponsorship Dynamics Integrated Marketing Plans Marketing Planning Process
Course Outline
Intellectual Property Rights Fair Use Acquisition, Licensing, Sale, and Transfer of Rights Independent Contractor vs. Work for Hire
Course Outline
Excel Data Reporting Organizational Principles Project Finance Business Plan Development
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
Sports Organizations and Mass Media Sports Content and Programming Sports Journalism Ethics and Evolution Sports Media Culture
Course Outline
Basic Lighting Management Computer-Related Input/ Output for Imaging Digital Photo Technology Narrative Structure and Composition
Course Outline
Interactive Storytelling Thematic Narrative Development Design Proposals Multimedia Element Integration
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
257
Course Descriptions
Program Core
MAN 2020 PGY 2146 SMM 3933
Introduction to Management
The Introduction to Management Course analyzes the management principles that lead to a successful company, as well as the nature of business decisions. Students learn about creating and maintaining different types of organizational structures within relationship, leadership, and legal contexts, while examining how to harness knowledge, resources, and ingenuity. The course also contains an introduction to risk management principles and practices and provides different types of risks and the strategies used to minimize them in relation to physical assets, legal liability, employee benefit programs, taxes, and retirement costs.
Introduction to Video
The Introduction to Video Course is designed to expose students to the basics of video production for the purpose of content creation. Students study field-producing techniques and methods for reporting, messaging, and storytelling through video. The interactive course teaches students how to identify stories best told in video and how to best structure these stories for their audiences. Students develop skills shooting video using personal handheld cameras and editing video on their MacBook Pros.
Course Outline
Creating and Maintaining Organizational Structure Human Resource Principles Local and National Labor Laws Risk Management Business Management Case Studies
Course Outline
Storytelling Field Production Techniques Camera Techniques Design and Production
Course Outline
Mobile Marketing Techniques Mobile Demographics Mobile Application Development Brand Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Introduction to Marketing
The Introduction to Marketing Course explores general marketing concepts as they relate to the nuances of business. Students construct strategic plans in the selection and development of media products and are introduced to entertainment licensing concepts and promotional avenues, such as trade shows, trade publications, and the Internet. In addition, this course strengthens students understanding of analytical tools and strategic analysis of the entertainment business, knowledge that can facilitate the success of their creative work. Consumer behavior and its effect on the success of entertainment products are also examined.
Course Outline
Campaign Development Process Marketing Plan Architecture and Integration Effective Campaign Management Customer Acquisition and Alignment
Course Outline
New Media Distribution Channels Defined New Media Distribution Channel Evaluation New Media Distribution Strategic Development
Course Outline
Marketing Principles and Terminology Competitive Tactics Marketing Plan Development Branding Advertising
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
258
Course Descriptions
Program Core
OBM 1000 SMM 3751 SMM 3111
Course Outline
Sports Business Leadership Sports Properties and Marketplaces Financial Data Management Disciplines
Course Outline
An Overview of Business in the Media and Entertainment Industries Exploring Infrastructures within the Media and Entertainment Industries Current Trends in the Media and Entertainment Industries Business-focused Careers in the Media and Entertainment Industries
Course Outline
Public Relations Ethics Reputation Management Information Services and Organizational Media Crisis Communications
Revenue Management
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
Project Development and Analysis Project Management and Assessment Create/Evaluate Project Plan Professional Workflow Practices
Course Outline
Social Media Campaign Development Social Web Participation Social Media Measurement Tools and Metrics Interruptive Advertising Social Media Channels
Course Outline
Overview of Sports Event Management Sports Event Concept Design Project Plan Management and Development Target Audience Research Location Scouting and Logistics Technical Sports Event Development
1.00 each
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
259
Course Descriptions
Program Core
SMM 4231 SMM 4951 SMM 3201
Sports Media
The Sports Media course is an exploration of the relationship between sports, sports businesses, and the media, both advanced and traditional. The course examines a wide scope of media platforms and their historical and current roles in sports business and marketing strategy, including broadcast, cable, satellite, interactive TV (including regional sports networks and their territorial rights), radio (all formats), social media, mobile media, the role of conglomerates (such as Comcast/Universal, Disney/ABC, and Newscorp), online media (blogs, podcasts, Web 2.0), and location-based media (such as retail signage). Students will examine the methods used to collect and process information and apply it to marketing sports services and products, with a focus on direct marketing and indirect public relations.
Course Outline
Sports Marketing Proposal Writing and Development Market Analysis Venture Description Marketing Plan and Budget Management Plan
Course Outline
Management Functions of Legal Theory Human Resource Management Strategic Governance Marketing Management
Course Outline
Broadcast Media Rights and Ownership Revenue Generation through Content Development Sports Network Relationships Location-Based Media
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Sports Marketing
The Sports Marketing Course introduces students to the specific properties of marketing for sports. The course reviews the revenue-generation aspects of sports business and will help students learn how to identify different types of sports business consumers, as well as a variety of marketing and media strategies and applications to engage consumers. Within their course of study, students create sports marketing initiatives for implementation on traditional and digital media platforms.
SMM 4561
Course Outline
History of Sports Marketing Sports Marketing Concepts and Strategies Proper Market Research Consumer Identification Multiplatform Distribution
Course Outline
Sports Marketing Research Strategies Demographic and Consumer Research Strategies Primary and Secondary Targeting Individual Project Development
Course Outline
Sales Force Creation, Strategies, and Negotiation Sports Consumer Behavior Sponsorship Rights Sports Segmentation and Pricing Branding and Activation
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
260
Course Descriptions
General Education
WEB 2703
General Education
ART 2007 DGL 1012
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Introduction to Editing Systems Web Editing Applications Dialogue, Video, and Audio Computerized Editing Techniques
Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
4.00
Course length
4 Weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Exponents & Radical Expressions Linear Equations & Inequalities Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS). CGS 1000 is not considered a General Education class in Minnesota.
261
Course Descriptions
General Education
PPE 2110 DEP 1013
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Values and Moral Reasoning MBTI and Personality Archetypes Existential-Humanistic theories and Free Will Gender Issues in Entertainment Media and Marketing Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas Johari Window Communication Model Cognitive Psychology and Personal Beliefs Systems Final Group Presentations
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
Course Outline
Impromptu Speeches Researching for Speech Manuscripts Speech Outlines Audience Surveys Evaluation of Speaking Effectiveness
Course Outline
Overview of Business Statistics Business Statistics Terminology Collecting and Organizing Data Presentation of Statistical Data Problem-solving Using Statistics
Creation and Delivery of Persuasive Speeches Creation and Delivery of Expository and Demonstrative Speeches
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
262
Animation Development
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Advancing at a faster pace than perhaps any other technological achievement in our societys history, the Internet is now at the epicenter of our culture. In todays world, the ability to share ideas, information, and concepts with a global audience is something we almost take for granted - life without the Internet is nearly unthinkable! That reality makes the skills needed to help develop the applications and sites that drive the web a powerful commodity in todays Internet-centric market.
Just think of how many different websites you visit on a daily basis if its a public entity, it probably has a website. Each site stems from an idea and specic goals, and is designed and developed by people who are dedicated to maintaining our most prevalent source of information. When you enter Full Sails Web Design & Development Program, you prepare to join the ranks of those who create the way we live and connect with others online.
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
263
& DEVELOPMENT
ARCHITECTURE
information
DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
INTERACTIVE
EXPERIENCE
ARCHITECTURE
information
DATA CREO AR TG IN AG N I Z AT I O N
A user
INTERACTIVE
C R E AT I N G
optimization
TEC H N IQ U E S
optimization
TECH NIQ U ES
EXPERIENCE
ENGAGING
EX PERIENCE Interface
friendly
A user
EXPERIENCE INTER
friendly
intui
richMEDIA
DEPLOYMENT
DES
ENGAGING
database
SERVERS
DESIGN
INTERFACE
user
database
SERVERS
web
AP P L IC AT IONS
INTERFACE
document OBJECT
than ever in our day-to-day lives, whether its nding directions, checking our bank statements, shopping AP P LIC ATIONS online, or any of a thousand other tasks made easier by the Internet. Regardless of why we nd ourselves AUTHENTICATION browsing a website, whats most important is how accessible and user-friendly our experience is after all, its these factors that inuence whether we choose to visit a website more than once.
web
objec OR
security
security
database
inde
objectORIENTED
formation
PROGRAMMING
CHITECTURE database
indexes
tables
DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
C R E AT I N G
MODEL
C R E AT I N G
A user
EXPERIENCE
friendly
intuitive
DESIGN
INTERFACE
timization
O R G A N I Z AT I O N
ECHDATA N IQ U E S
INTERACTIVE userfriendly A
EE X XP PE ER RIIE EN NC CE E
ENGAGING
DESIGN
user
INTERFACE P R O G R A M M I N G
objectORIENTED
Understanding how to construct a website that will strike users as both intuitive and easy to use is crucial to the success of sites you design. In this phase of the program, youll work on creating logical, intuitive, and clear interfaces by learning how users interact with different types of sites, and youll examine proven design patterns. Youll also learn Information Architecture (IA), the process of organizing and presenting data to users in a clear and meaningful way.
user
INTERFACE
document OBJECT
MODEL
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
ENGAGING
264
C R E AT I N G
A user
EXPERIENCE
DESIGN
richMEDIA
user DESIGN
INTERFACE
intuitive
user
INTERFACE
objectORIENTED
document OBJECT
PROGRAMMING
INTERFACE
document OBJECT
objectORIENTED
DEPLOYMENT
MODEL
P ROGRAMMING AUTHENTICATION
Web Standards
security
Interactivity Mdatabase O D E L tables A compelling website WEB is more DESIGN than just some words thrown on a page. Truly stunning websites draw you & DEVELOPMENT
indexes
database tables
Have you ever accessed a website from different computers and noticed that its appearance and use were inconsistent from one platform to the next? That might be because whoever developed the site did not follow the guidelines set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C).
indexes
in, offering an interactive experience that comes to life when your ngertips hit the keyboard. Adding music, sound effects, movies, and cartoons to a site can transport a user from their desk into your world.
The W3C standards exist to allow websites to look and function the same on as many different operating systems (Windows, Macintosh, Unix/Linux) WEB DESIGN and delivery platforms (multiple web browsers, &devices) DEVELOPMENT mobile as possible. Our web standards courses help you learn how to design, code, and deploy websites so that your content is the same regardless of where and how its being viewed. As INTERFACE DESIGN you learn the proper graphic optimization techniques ARCHITECTURE & USABILITY and understand how the validators developed by the W3C work, youll be able to make sure your (or your companys) message gets across loud and clear.
of object-oriented programming principles and learn languages and techniques that give you the ability to develop complex interactivity for your own websites. Once youre uent with this technology, WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ youll be able to draw, design, animate, and code ACTIONSCRIPT 3.0 while implementing audio and video through both buffered and streaming deployment.
ARCHITECTURE
information
DATA O R G A N I Z AT I O N
INTERACTIVE
EXPERIENCE
CREA
Au
optimization
TEC H N I Q U ES
ENGAGING
information
DATA
C R E AT I N G
A user
database friendly
intuitive
INTERFACE
webuser
tables
optimization
T E CHNIQUES
INTERACTIVE
EXPERIENCE
ENGAGING
richMEDIA
DEPLOYMENT
objectORIENTED
document OBJECT
PROGRAMMING
MODEL
database
web
security
265
MEDIA rich INTERACTIVE optimization ENGAGING optimization DEPLOYMENT WEB STANDARDS/FLASH/ Areas of Focus
EXPERIENCE
RS
UE S
T3.0 E C H N IQ U E S ACTIONSCRIPT
ENGAGING PROGRAMMING
se
web
SERVERS
ORIENTED
OBJECT
database
database
SERVERS
web web
APPLI CAT I ON S
security
database tables
DEPLOYMENT DEPLOYMENT
AUTHENTICATION
objectobjectORIENTED
database
ORIENTED
M OM DO ED LE L
indexes
AUTHENTICATION
security
security
A PPLI CAT I O N S
indexes indexes
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
266
Overview
Full Sails Web Design & Development degree is a program equally divided between the artistic and aesthetic concerns of creating websites and the coding and programming needed to make them work. Youll begin to unlock the secrets of web development in all of its forms by designing, coding, and publishing standards-based web content for a variety of formats. To make websites that are at their most dynamic and engaging, youll be using industry-standard tools, including HTML5, CSS, XML, Flash and ActionScript, server-side languages, database structures, and JavaScript. Youll also learn to develop content for smartphones, tablets, and other branches of the expanding realm of mobile devices. Each of your acquired skills will be used to create real-world projects and develop a well-rounded portfolio. In addition to giving you experience and assignments aimed at making you a well-rounded web designer, youll also have courses focusing on communication skills, English composition, professional presentation, art history, and how to prepare yourself for that rst step into the web design and development industry. To help you make that transition, weve also got a team of Career Development professionals that can help you polish your interviewing skills and get you ready to enter the industry. In addition, our Career Development services and advisors will be available for support and assistance throughout your career not just during your education.
Objective
Our goal is to provide you with the focused knowledge and understanding of web development production needed to qualify for entry-level industry positions as web designers, developers, and programmers. Additional skills you acquire in customer relations, copyright law, and corporate branding will broaden your opportunities for a variety of positions in the industry. In addition to technical prociency and creative development, your education will help you develop critical thinking, problem solving, and analytical skills that contribute to life learning, providing you with tools to help sustain a long and productive professional career in the entertainment and media industry.
267
GENERAL EDUCATION
Code ART 2006 MGF 1213 DGL 1012 ENC 1101 PHY 1000 VIC 2003 SPC 2410 DEP 1013 Totals: Course Art History College Mathematics Digital Literacy English Composition I Fundamentals of Physics History of Visual Communication Interpersonal Communications Psychology of Play Credit Hours 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3.00
5
COLLEGE MATHEMATICS WEB PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS
DIGITAL LITERACY
PSYCHOLOGY OF PLAY
ENGLISH COMPOSITION I
8
MOBILE MEDIA DESIGN II DESIGNING FOR WEB STANDARDS I
10
11
12
13
14
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS FRONT-END WEB FRAMEWORKS
15
30.00
ART HISTORY APPLIED DESIGN TOOLS & INTERFACES PROGRAMMING FOR WEB APPLICATIONS II WEB STANDARDS PROJECT
124 108
16
17
HISTORY OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION DESIGN PATTERNS FOR WEB PROGRAMMING
18
19
20
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY & LAW RICH MEDIA OPTIMIZATION
DATABASE STRUCTURES
SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES
21
ADVANCED SERVER-SIDE LANGUAGES
22
23
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION PROCESS
24
MOBILE DEVICE DEPLOYMENT
25
26
27
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
268
Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 442 WDD 331 WDD 312
Database Structures
The Database Structures Course focuses on the creation of databases and their comprising table structures. In this class students learn the benefits of creating database structures with regard to such concepts as storage anomalies and table normalization. Students also learn a Data Definition Language used to create their database structures. Developing a database for use with a server-side scripting language allows students to develop more robust web applications, as they are an integral part of deploying dynamic web content for mid-to-large-sized corporations.
Course Outline
Writing Organized and Readable Code Scripting Server-side Applications Total credit hours 4.00 Integrating Applications with Database Structures Presentation of Application Course length 4 weeks
Course Outline
Procedural vs. Non-Procedural Programming Object Model Design Tiered Application Architecture 3.00 Course length 4 weeks
Course Outline
Multi-tier Architectures Database Tables and Indexes Total credit hours 3.00 Validation Authentication and Security Course length 4 weeks
WDD 211
WDD 463
Course Outline
HTML and Related Web Standards Web Page Markup and Semantics Web Page Accessibility Introductory Web Page Content Layout and Design
Course Outline
Design Concepts for Interfaces Creating Interface Graphics Working with Color Total credit hours 4.00 Course length 4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
269
Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 321 PLA 2412 MDV 1310
Course Outline
CSS and Related Web Standards Advanced Web Page Content Layout and Design Web Page Content Positioning and Visual Enhancement Optimizing Web Page Content
Course Outline
Overview of the Industries Business Practices Intellectual Property Contracts Business Law
Course Outline
Working with Vector Graphics Compression Techniques Understanding Color Theory Interface Design Concepts
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Advanced Vector Graphics Advanced Color Theory for Mobile Devices Advanced Interface Design for Mobile Applications
Course Outline
Research and Evaluation of Front-End Tools User Interface Frameworks Client-Side Libraries Rich Internet Application Development
Course Outline
Mobile Device Overview Using Web Standards for Mobile Devices FlashLite and Mobile Devices Optimizing for Mobile Devices
Handheld Aesthetics
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
270
Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 345 WDD 371 WDD 344
Course Outline
Computer and Internet History Computers and Peripherals Operating Systems Networks and Protocols Network Management
Course Outline
Production Process Phases Creating Production Documentation Production Prototyping Delivery, Archiving, and Maintenance
Course Outline
Dynamic Web Technologies Document Object Model Detecting Browser Features Extending Browser Behavior
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Client-Side Web Programming Common Client-Side Algorithms Web Data and Validation Programming for Code Libraries and Reuse
Course Outline
Digital Audio and Video File Formats Digital Audio CODECs Digital Video CODECs Rich Media and Flash Optimization Settings and Buffering
Course Outline
An Overview of Visual and Interactive Storytelling The Disciplines that Utilize Media Design and Technology Design and Interactive Representations in the Industries Skill Sets and Focus Areas of the Media Design and Technology Industries
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
271
Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 353 WDD 483 WDD 141
Server-side Languages
The Server-side Languages Course will examine the benefits of a server-side scripting language to heighten human computer interaction with web content. In this class students will learn how to take their existing knowledge of static-based web content and implement a server-side scripting language to develop a more robust web application. By implementing server-side languages within standards compliant XHTML web pages, students will be able to deploy dynamic content to further the level of interaction between client and server communication.
Course Outline
Interface Usability Concepts Interface Functionality Interface Accessibility
Course Outline
Control Structures Variables Object-oriented Programming Querying Sessions and Cookies
Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving Project Presentation
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Introduction to Programming and Logic Control Structures: Loops and Branches Variables and Data Types Functions
Course Outline
Animation Theory and Techniques Web Animation Technologies Tools and Delivery
Course Outline
Project Management Interface Design Asset Creation Asset Integration and Testing Final Publishing and Archiving Project Presentation
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
272
Course Descriptions
Program Core
WDD 481
General Education
ART 2006 DGL 1012
Art History
The Art History Course introduces students to selected, impactful monuments of art and architecture in the Western tradition from the prehistoric to post-modernism era studied in relation to the intellectual background of the ages and civilizations that produced them. Lectures accompanied by various visual mediums inspire discussions of assigned readings in philosophical, religious, scientific, political, literary, artistic, and cultural contexts.
Digital Literacy
The Digital Literacy Course offers a fundamental understanding of the critical and practical aspects of digital tools, technologies, and resources. Students will learn how to navigate, evaluate, create, and critically apply information by using a wide variety of digital technologies. Through applying their knowledge to their academic studies and professional development, students will recognize digital literacys significance in information sharing, community building, citizenship, and education.
Course Outline
Creating the Project Treatment Developing the Production Timeline Creating the Flowchart Storyboarding Identifying Assets Setting Design Standards
Course Outline
Ancient Art Medieval and Renaissance Art Modern Art Post-modern Art
Course Outline
Terms, Themes, and Concepts Digital Tools and Resources Digital Literacy Skills Effective Digital Communication Strategies Global Digital Citizenship
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
College Mathematics
The College Mathematics Course is designed to enable students to build skills and confidence in algebra that are required to succeed in future math and core courses. First-time algebra students or those needing a review will begin with basic concepts and build upon these ideas by completing work that uses algebra in practical situations.
English Composition I
The English Composition I Course is designed to introduce students to the writing process. Special attention is given to selecting and refining topics, identifying the audience, developing a purpose, and formulating thesis statements. Grammatical conventions and their applications are heavily stressed. Students will learn to compose mature, logical sentences, and paragraphs in order to create rhetorical cohesion.
Course Outline
Review of Basic Arithmetic Operations with the Real Number System Measurement and Number Systems Graphing Proportions, Formulas, and Word Problems Introductory Statistics and Probability Business Applications and Mathematical Models
Course Outline
Invention and Drafting Revising and Editing Grammar Essay Structure Audience Awareness
Course Outline
Preproduction Asset Creation Asset Optimization Asset Integration and Testing Project Delivery and Archiving
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
273
Course Descriptions
Program Core
PHY 1000 SPC 2140
Fundamentals of Physics
The Fundamentals of Physics Course teaches students how to understand the world through physics. Real-world phenomena such as light, mechanics, motion, collisions, and magnetism are introduced. Emphasis is placed on how problems, in describing nature, are approached in terms of physical theories and mathematical formulae.
Interpersonal Communication
The Interpersonal Communications Course examines the nature of the communication process, variables affecting the process, and the individuals involved. Additionally, this course includes individual analysis of behavior processes that may impede and/or enhance communication processes. Topics include perception, nonverbal behavior, persuasive communication, identity management, intercultural communication and computer mediated communication. This course also enhances students ability to analyze and evaluate information.
Course Outline
Kinematics Motion Energy and Mechanics Electricity and Magnetism Electromagnetic Spectrum Survey of Light Physical Theories and Formulae
Course Outline
Assessment and Evaluation Research and Planning Writing Rsums and Other Documents Networking and Interviewing
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
Psychology of Play
In the Psychology of Play Course, students explore how the field of psychology values the concept of play as a mechanism that allows a person to apply game strategies to accomplish life goals. Students will be introduced to how the action of play shapes the brain, develops critical-thinking skills, and strengthens the ability to collaborate with others in social and professional settings. By exploring the key works of Jean Piaget, William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, and Lev Vygotsky, students will learn about the value of play and how to apply techniques of play in developing cognitive strategies to complete creative, professional, and social tasks. Students will utilize the psychology viewpoint of play to examine how this relates to their life, their education, and their chosen creative field.
Course Outline
Overview of Theories and Concepts of Play Play and the Brain Critical-Thinking Skills Collaboration and Team Building
Course Outline
Art as a Communication Tool Human Interfaces Historical References History of Design Artistic Tools Future Applications and Implications
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
4.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
W E B DE S I GN & DE VE L OP M E NT
274
Areas of Focus
Fine Arts Effects
Modeling
Animation
Graduate Certificate
275
2
DIGITAL MEDIA & EDUCATION APPLICATIONS
3
FILMMAKING PRINCIPLES IN EDUCATION
4
GAME STRATEGIES & MOTIVATION
12 16
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Graduate Certificate
276
Course Descriptions
Program Core
EDM 573 EDM 531 EDM 561
Course Outline
Academic Theories and Visual Learning Digital Media Design Principles Digital Media Software Programs Digital Media Design and Education Principles Digital Media and Education Applications Integration of Digital Media into Education Technology Products Integration of Digital Media into Corporate Training Materials Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
Course Outline
Filmmaking Techniques and the Visual Learner Connecting Filmmaking Principles to Educational Product Development Storyboarding Techniques and Education Digital Camera and Digital Video Concepts and Techniques Digital Video Software Filmmaking and Online Curriculum Development Corporate Training and Filmmaking Techniques Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
Course Outline
Introduction to Media Literacy and Social Media Examining the Role of Mass Media in Culture Developing Critical Analysis Skills Examining Pedagogies and Learning Utilizing Social Media Networks Examining Communities of Practice Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Graduate Certificate
277
Course Descriptions
Program Core
EME 5226
Course Outline
Overview of Gaming Strategies Examination of Game Structures Education Assessment and Game Design Multiple Learning Theory and Game Strategies The Individual and Game Learning Techniques Group Dynamics and Gaming Strategies Assessment in Gaming Approaches Challenge-Based Research Assignment and Development
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
This specific course uses the Florida Statewide Course Numbering System (SCNS).
Graduate Certificate
278
Internet
Graduate Certicate
Full Sail Universitys Internet Marketing Graduate Certicate will give you specic knowledge that can help you excel in competitive job elds. The certicate is comprised of several courses taken from our Internet Marketing Masters Degree Program and is offered online to t the schedule of working industry professionals. A bachelors degree is a prerequisite for any of Full Sails Graduate Certicates. Its more important than ever for a marketing professional to understand the possibilities and limitations of digital media, and how to best employ sound marketing fundamentals in this rapidly changing technological landscape. The courses in the Internet
Marketing
Marketing Graduate Certicate provide an introductory exploration of Internet-specic marketing methodologies, search engine optimization, marketing analysis, and Internet consumer behavior. Through the courses in this graduate certicate, youll gain the necessary foundation to strategically market products and raise brand awareness on the Internet, giving you tools that are crucial to becoming a 21st century marketing leader.
Fine Arts
Modeling
Effects
Animation
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
Graduate Certificate
279
Internet Marketing
Certicate Program
PROGRAM CORE
Code IMK 511 MAR 510 IMK 521 IMK 662 Totals: Course Advanced Internet Marketing Strategies Internet Marketing Fundamentals New Media Marketing Web Analytics & Optimization Credit Hours 3.00 3.50 3.00 3.00 12.50
INTERNET MARKETING FUNDAMENTALS NEW MEDIA MARKETING
12.5 16
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
Graduate Certificate
280
Course Descriptions
Program Core
IMK 511 MAR 510 IMK 662
Course Outline
Introduction to Internet Marketing Search Engine Marketing (SEM) Operations Search Engine Ranking Systems The Customer Experience Final Project Application
Course Outline
Internet Marketing Defined Internet Marketing Strategies Overview Affiliate Marketing Email Marketing Global Internet Marketing Social Media Marketing Search Engine Marketing Case Studies Final Project Application
Course Outline
Web Metrics Overview Web Metrics and Analysis Principles Search Analytics Strategic Analysis Reporting Techniques Case Studies Final Project Application and Development
Internet Marketing Assessment Search Engine Optimization Overview Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Operations
3.50
Course length
4 weeks
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
Course Outline
Financial Development and Planning for New Media Marketing Identifying a Companys New Media Marketing Goals New Media Marketing Project Planning Examination of Various New Media Distribution Channels Final Project Application
3.00
Course length
4 weeks
I NT E RNE T M ARKE T I NG
Graduate Certificate
281
Extended Studies
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Media Arts
Internship
in the
The course under this heading is offered in addition to the Degree Programs and is available to any Full Sail graduate in good standing. Upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program, a certicate is issued. These studies represent Full Sails effort to continue the expansion of educational services to our students and the industry.
Internship
The Internship Course, combined with Full Sails Career Development Department, is specically tailored to further prepare degree students for the careers of their choice. Full Sail works with numerous entertainment media facilities that participate in the Internship Course and a Career Development Advisor works directly with host facilities to make sure participants gain practical experience and on-the-job training. Besides the many obvious advantages of gaining working experience in a real-world situation, a successful internship gives graduates a professional reference, which can be very benecial when seeking employment.
Course Outline
Career Consultation and Interview Techniques Rsum Review and Employment Tactics
5.5 6 weeks
To give students the opportunity to put all that they have learned into practice during a six-week, comprehensive, hands-on working experience in a real-world production environment. Graduates gain a solid understanding of their chosen eld in the media industry. Note: Students must graduate from a Full Sail Degree Program before applying for an internship. A certicate is awarded upon successful completion of the Extended Studies in the Media Arts program.
Internship
282
Degree
Programs
ON CAMPUS
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
The Entertainment Business Bachelors Degree is a comprehensive business program that combines core courses like management, marketing, and statistics, with more advanced topics like data analysis, international business, and business law plus entertainment-specic courses like artist management, entertainment media distribution, and intellectual property. The course also requires students to develop a business proposal unique to their interests and develop it from start to nish.
GAME DE VELOPMENT
Masters
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
Master of Science Degree Program
The Entertainment Business Masters Degree Program is designed to give students exibility to take their careers to new heights. This comprehensive program will take students through high-level business courses in leadership, brand development, negotiation, Internet marketing, and more, culminating in the completion of two academic Capstone Projects a professional Leadership Portfolio and a Business Plan Thesis.
Associates
GR APHIC DESIGN
Associate of Science Degree Program
The Graphic Design Degree Program is designed to give students the specic skills and training needed to succeed in the eld of graphic and print design, and corporate branding. Students explore subjects like color theory, typography and page layout, logos and symbols, and more.
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS
RECORDING ENGINEERING
Bachelors
COMPUTER ANIMATION
Bachelor of Science Degree Program
Students in the Computer Animation Bachelors Degree Program learn the technical and creative processes used to develop content for games, television, feature lms, and more. The curriculum blends traditional art with the latest technology in specialized classes that cover 2D and 3D animation, lighting and shading for games, production modeling, character animation and rigging, and portfolio creation.
MOBILE DE VELOPMENT
Certicate
ENGLISH AS A SECOND L ANGUAGE
The English as a Second Language courses can help build English skills needed to thrive as a Full Sail student and professional in entertainment and media. Students explore reading and vocabulary, listening skills, and conversational English and create media such as videos, podcasts, music, and more.
GAME DESIGN
FILM
MUSIC BUSINESS
GAME ART
RECORDING ARTS
DE GRE E P ROGRAM S
On Campus
283
General
Information
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON 284
Admission
Applicants to online-only degree programs will be required to complete a technology assessment and orientation module. The assessment module conrms that the applicant has received sufcient instruction and information from the orientation module. The module explains the best practices for conducting online learning, overall operation of the online platform, procedures for troubleshooting problems and contacting the technical support team, and general school policy as it applies to the online format. Applicants to online-only bachelors degree programs will be required to complete an online education readiness evaluation (OERE). The OERE assesses whether the student has the necessary skills, competencies, and access to technology to succeed in a distance education environment. The evaluation consists of completing a pre-entry questionnaire and a student preferences survey. Applicants to online degree programs are required to have access to a reliable computer capable of running multimedia applications and navigating media-rich websites. Applicants are also required to have access to a reliable high-speed Internet connection. Creative Writing, M.F.A. applicants career objectives will be considered when an admission decision is made. Computer Animation and Game Art Bachelor of Science Degree Program applicants should possess artistic skills. Traditional art classes are recommended prior to entering the program. A foundation of sketching, sculpting, and painting are important for the animation industry and are essential in developing the 3D artist.
Applicants wishing to transfer credits toward the completion of the Entertainment Business Bachelor of Science Degree Program must possess one of the following to be eligible:
An associates, or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, which is related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business bachelor of science degree, with a transfer academic average of 2.0 minimum GPA. A copy of ofcial transcripts is required. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, nal GPA, and degree earned. Eligible applicants will be required to complete three additional Full Sail courses: College Mathematics, Computer Science and Internet, and Introduction to Media Arts. A Full Sail associates or bachelors degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0.
Graduate School and Graduate Certicate applicants must possess one of the following to be eligible:
A Full Sail bachelors degree with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. A baccalaureate or higher level degree from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. Degree held must be of similar scope and subject matter as to prepare applicants for the educational program objectives of the Graduate School Degree Program, with a transfer academic average of 2.5. Applicants who meet these criteria will be considered for admission pending an evaluation of a copy of ofcial transcripts. Transcripts are required to include graduation date, nal GPA and degree earned. A copy of ofcial high school transcripts or GED is not required.
Government Issued Photo IdenticationApplicants must submit a government issued photo ID. Such as:
Copy of a Valid State Issued Drivers License Copy of a Valid State Issued Identication Card Copy of a Valid Passport
Applicants with a GPA lower than the required 2.5 must submit a Letter of Intent, rsum and college transcripts for Program Director review.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Admissions
285
Admission
International Applicants
International applicants must provide the following to be considered for admission:
Application for AdmissionApplicants must submit the completed application and fulll all the requirements therein. $75.00 application feeThe application fee must be submitted with the application. The application and application fee may be submitted prior to submission of the following supporting documents. Language Prociency - Applicants whose native language is not English must demonstrate the required level of language prociency by providing documentation of one of the following:
TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) Paper and pencil test: minimum score accepted is 550 Computer-based test; minimum score accepted is 213 New internet-based test; minimum score accepted is 79 IELTS (International English Language Testing System) The minimum required score is 6 Additional language prociency exams may be accepted. Contact your admissions representative for more information.
The Admissions Department is prepared to assist with completing the application process. To apply simply:
Complete an interview with your Admissions Representative. Complete the Application for Admission. Submit completed application along with $75 application fee. If applying for additional degree programs, a $200 deposit is required for each additional program.
Information regarding Services for Students with Disabilities in the classroom can be found in the student services section of the catalog.
Applicants will be notied in writing in regards to acceptance upon completion and review of all required documents. The application fee and deposit(s) are credited to the cost of tuition but are not covered by nancial aid. All deposits are fully refundable.
Transfer Credit
Students who have applied to Full Sail may request credit for previous education. To be eligible for transfer credit, applicants must have successfully completed courses from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education similar in scope and content to Full Sail courses, and received a grade of C or better. For Entertainment Business graduates with an associates degree or higher from another accredited postsecondary educational institution recognized by the U.S. Department of Education may be eligible to transfer credits towards the completion of this degree. To be eligible, the previous degree should be related to the educational program objectives of the Entertainment Business Bachelors Degree.
Financial Guarantee - must be provided to verify available funding for tuition and related expenses for the rst academic term of the chosen degree program. Documentation of High School Graduation Full Sail requires that all applicants who have completed high school at a foreign institution must provide ofcial documentation to the International Department to determine U.S. equivalency
(Graduate School Applicants Only) - college transcripts must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. Bachelor equivalency. Please contact the International Department for recommended evaluation services.
Foreign School Credentials - must be submitted to an outside evaluation service for determination of U.S. equivalency. Please contact your Admissions Representative or an International Liaison for recommended evaluation services. English Translation - any documentation not in English must be accompanied by a certied English translation. Complete the Technology Assessment for your program of study.
Procedure
Upload a copy of ofcial transcripts through Launch (the student portal). Transcripts will be reviewed by the Document Management team. Applicants will be notied of transfer credit approval or denial prior to their expected start/enrollment date.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Admissions
286
Admission
Financial Ai
Financial Aid
A Trial Period of 30 calendar days from the program enrollment date may be granted on a dened degree program basis. The Trial Period of attendance is a four week period of time where a student attends an eligible program without incurring program charges (minus the application fee) or receiving Federal Student Aid funds. Once the student is admitted as a regular student after successfully completing the trial period, he/she is eligible to receive Federal Student Aid funds for the entire payment period. Trial period students will be required to pay a non-refundable application fee to participate. Students who are enrolled in a Trial Period program may withdraw at any time during this period without nancial obligation. The student will not be eligible to receive Title IV, HEA program funds until the successful completion of the trial period. Students who attend a Trial Period and who wish to receive Title IV, HEA program funds after successfully completing the trial period and becoming a regular student must meet the other student eligibility criteria as provided in the regulations at 34 CFR 668.32.
Full Sail offers a Prepaid Tuition Program to applicants who have not yet graduated from high school. This plan allows early applicants to secure a future Full Sail education at current tuition prices. Tuition pre-payment is only available to applicants who:
1. 2. 3. 4. have not completed high school, apply for the pre-payment plan, begin the pre-payment plan prior to completing high school, upon acceptance of the pre-payment plan, pay the tuition either in a lump sum or begin making equal monthly installments, start a Full Sail education by December 31 of their high school graduation year, and pay the tuition in full prior to the rst day of class.
Full Sails Financial Aid Department is here to provide assistance with tuition and/or living expenses for those who qualify. As a nancial aid student you need to make informed decisions regarding the types and amounts of nancial aid available. The Financial Aid Department is staffed and organized with our students needs in mind, dedicated to making the nancial aid process understandable and valuable. The Financial Aid Department encourages all applicants who apply for nancial aid to begin the process early. Those seeking federal nancial aid are required to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). You may request a FAFSA from Full Sails Financial Aid Department or you may ll one out online by going to www.fafsa.ed.gov. The federal school code for Full Sail is 016812. Eligibility for Federal Financial Aid Programs requires that a student be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen [Alien Registration Receipt Card (Form I-151) or Permanent Resident Card (Form I-551), commonly known as a green card]. Financial aid is only available to a student considering one or more Degree Programs. Individual course students are not eligible for nancial aid. On a case-by-case basis, Full Sail reserves the right to decline the certication of any educational loan. Once you complete the FAFSA, the Department of Education will send you the results and you can discuss your available options with one of Full Sails nancial aid professionals. This discussion will assist in determining the best federal and non-federal aid resources that are available to you. Additional nancial aid and loan applications as well as other pertinent information on sources of funding are available through the Full Sail Financial Aid Department. While attending Full Sail, students must maintain Satisfactory Progress and meet specic credit hour and weeks of instruction requirements in order to receive their nancial aid. Students not actively attending due to a Leave of Absence, Suspension, Termination or Withdrawal may not receive award disbursements.
5. 6.
Seven and one-half percent simple interest will be charged for the on-going tuition balance each year. Should the plan be canceled at any time, a full refund will be made within 30 days. Interest will not be paid on money deposited with Full Sail. Financial aid, for those who qualify, is available for living expenses to those participating in the Prepaid Tuition Program.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Financial Aid
287
Financial Ai
Stafford Loans
A Stafford Loan is a low-interest loan made to a student enrolled in a Full Sail Undergraduate or Graduate Degree Program. Annual loan limits increase each subsequent year a student attends. Repayment terms and conditions are exible in order to meet the needs of students after graduation.
Special Programs
FEDERAL WORK-STUDY Full Sail participates in the Federal Work-Study Program. The Federal Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to qualied students with nancial need allowing them to earn money to help pay education-related expenses. The program encourages community service work and work related to the students course of study. Students are awarded Federal Work Study funds based on a federally-prescribed formula. Full Sail is an equal opportunity employer.
Federal Loans
Federal Loans are provided to students through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan program. To apply for a federal loan, a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) should be completed. Once eligibility is determined, a Federal Master Promissory Note must be completed. The Financial Aid Department is available to answer any questions you may have regarding these forms.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Financial Aid
288
Career Developmen
Full Sail degree program students preparing for graduation as well as alumni throughout their careers may utilize Career Development services. Those desiring assistance must register their requests with the Career Development Department. The Career Development Department requires a consistent and professional dialogue from each student or graduate in order to provide effective assistance. Flexibility is desirable with respect to location or type of employment and may enhance the efforts of our services. Relocation for specic types of employment may be necessary in order to successfully launch and maintain a career in the entertainment media industry. If specic, employment-related information beyond the scope of the Career Development Department is requested, every reasonable effort will be made to supply available contact information of other resources that may be able to further assist students and alumni.
2. 3.
Full Sail educates students about the process of successfully marketing themselves to the industry. The Career Development Department is frequently approached by entertainment media facilities seeking the services of graduates. In selecting candidates, the department will review the graduates GPA, attendance records, and GPS score. Graduates who meet the qualications set forth by the Career Development Department and the employers are then considered. Even though Full Sail makes a reasonable effort to assist each graduate in seeking employment, this in no way constitutes a promise or guarantee of employment. Career assistance may be suspended in the event that a students nancial commitments are delinquent or in default. Completion of individual courses does not qualify students for career assistance.
4.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Career Development
289
Tuition Breakdow
INTERNET MARKETING
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 838 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861
GAME ART
MOBILE GAMINING
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 463 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 475 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 467 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 11,000 $ 56,000 $ 421 $ 6,000 $ 6,000 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 12,000 $ 54,000 $ 450 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 429
MUSIC BUSINESS
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Total Tuition Cost per Credit Hour
$ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 11,000 $ 56,000 $ 452 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 440 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 7,125 $ 57,000 $ 449 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 11,000 $ 57,000 $ 460
GAME DESIGN
MUSIC PRODUCTION
MEDIA DESIGN
GRAPHIC DESIGN
INTERNET MARKETING
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY
MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS
$ 7,750 $ 7,750 $ 15,500 $ 31,000 $ 747 $ 7,000 $ 7,000 $ 14,000 $ 28,000 $ 778 $ 8,000 $ 8,000 $ 15,000 $ 31,000 $ 861
INTERNET MARKETING
ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESS
MOBILE DEVELOPMENT
Tuition amounts are subject to change. For the most up-to-date tuition information, speak with your Admissions Representative or visit www.fullsail.edu/outcomes-and-statistics. GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Tuition Breakdown
290
General Informatio
Degrees Awarded
Upon completion of the degree program or graduate certicate, the student will be awarded: Master of Arts Degree
New Media Journalism Public Relations
Fees/Deposits
A $75 application fee is required to apply for a Degree Program. For those applying for a second, or multiple degrees, an additional $200 refundable deposit is required. A $200 deposit is required for each individual course. Availability of a course or degree start/enrollment date is subject to class size limitations. A seat will only be reserved upon receipt of each course/ programs deposit. The application fee and deposit(s) are not covered by nancial aid. The application fee and deposit(s) are included in the tuition prices listed. Deposits held for future Degree Programs may be credited toward any amount due Full Sail, for any other tuition or fees that may be due.
Multiple Degrees
Students may take a combination of Bachelor of Science Degree Programs and Master of Science Degree Programs, based on eligibility requirements. A $200 refundable deposit is required to apply for each additional Bachelor or Master of Science Degree Program. An Admissions Representative is available to offer recommendations on Degree Program combinations and order.
Innovation & Entrepreneurship Instructional Design & Technology Internet Marketing Mobile Gaming
Non-Sufficient Funds
A $25 fee will be charged for any check returned for non-sufcient funds.
Graduate Certicates
Education Media Design & Technology Internet Marketing
291
General Informatio
Whats Included
The cost of a Full Sail Degree Program includes expenses such as textbooks, manuals, media, production materials, lab fees, technology fees, and other associated costs except as noted.
Project LaunchBox
The primary component of the institutional fee is Project LaunchBox, which is an Apple MacBook Pro computer that serves as a personal workstation throughout their education. This notebook computer comes with degreespecic software that allows students to work on their projects on and off-campus and maintain their personal portfolio of work wherever they may be. The choice of Apple hardware has allowed Full Sail to develop our curriculum to a high and specic standard of computer capability, while giving students maximum exibility for their creativity. In addition, Full Sails Online Learning Environment, which is utilized by all Full Sail students, is built around the capabilities of Apple workstations, helping the school to provide the same high level of education and innovation both online and on-campus.
Fee Amount
$3,000.00 $5,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $5,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $5,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $4,000.00 $3,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,000.00
Institutional Fee
All students are required to purchase a computer and software in addition to tuition. Technology congured in accordance with program specications.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
292
Class Schedule
Class Schedules
Business Intelligence - Master of Fine Arts Degree
START January 6, 2014 February 3, 2014 March 3, 2014 March 31, 2014 May 5, 2014 June 2, 2014 July 7, 2014 August 4, 2014 September 2, 2014 September 29, 2014 October 27, 2014 November 24, 2014 GRADUATION December 18/19, 2014 February 5/6, 2015 March 5/6, 2015 April 2/3, 2015 May 7/8, 2015 June 4/5, 2015 June 25/26, 2015 August 6/7, 2015 September 3/4, 2015 October 1/2, 2015 Ocotber 29/30, 2015 November 23/24, 2015
The Entertainment Business Master of Science and the Entertainment Business Master of Science with a Sports Management Elective Track Degree Programs have the same class schedule.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Class Schedule
293
Class Schedule
Spring Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . April 19 - April 27, 2014 Memorial Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 26, 2014 July 4th Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 29 - July 6, 2014 Labor Day Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . August 31 - September 2, 2014 Thanksgiving . . . . . . . November 26 (1pm) - November 30, 2014 Winter Break . . . . . . December 20 (1pm), 2014 - January 4, 2015
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Class Schedule
294
Online Educatio
Online degree programs and courses are delivered over the Full Sail Online Learning Environmenta secure web-based platform that employs modern multimedia technologies and is accessible 24 hours a day via the Internet. Online students use this system to view video content, receive and submit project work and assignments, take tests and quizzes, communicate with instructors and classmates, and review grades and course progress.
Student Service
Student Services
Full Sail Support Specialists can assist with resolving technical issues associated with the functionality of the online platform. You can reach Online Support by phone at 877-437-6349 or by email at FSOSupport@fullsail.com. Provide ample time when requesting a reasonable accommodation(s). Requests must be evaluated and arrangements made prior to the anticipated need for service/support. Full Sail cannot guarantee that appropriate accommodations/services can be put in place without sufcient lead-time to make arrangements. Whenever possible, please provide at least 60 days advance notice. The Director of Student Affairs, assigned by the President, makes determinations of reasonable accommodations for students with disabilities. Fax documentation to (407) 552-2072.
Online Support
The staff of Full Sail Online Support works together with students, faculty, and administration to make the student experience positive, reassuring, and seamless throughout our online courses. Our mission is to provide the highest standard of technical support and to nurture students growth and development while allowing them to enhance the skills necessary to be successful in an online environment.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
Online Education
295
Student Service
Class Size
Full Sails philosophy is to put students in environments with optimal student to instructor ratios. To achieve this, online course sections are limited to a maximum of 25.
The Student Success Seminars, unique to Full Sail and available online and on campus, are offered as a service to Degree-seeking students. These optional classes in human performance enhancement are not remedial classes, but have been designed specically to help students perform well within Full Sails compressed Degree Programs. The Student Success Seminars are designed to help students acquire tools for building competency, self-esteem and self-management. Topics covered include discussions about study skills and test-taking strategies, developing positive strategies for dealing with life circumstances and relationships, managing stress, balancing logic and emotion, creative and critical thinking, budgeting and money management, and time management. There are no fees for these seminars and they may be prescribed, when indicated by lower than expected academic achievement, by the Director of Student Affairs.
Anti-Hazing Policy
Full Sail does not allow hazing for any reason whatsoever. Students engaging in any potentially harmful activities will be disciplined and may be subject to suspension or termination.
Conduct
Students are expected to conduct themselves honorably and with dignity at all times. They are responsible for learning and abiding by state and local laws. Conviction for a criminal offense or any behavior reecting dishonor or discredit on the college is sufcient grounds for termination. In addition, Full Sail reserves the right to terminate enrollment in the event of cheating, disruptive behavior, substance abuse or destruction of property at studios, ofces, classrooms, or any other accommodations arranged by Full Sail. Although the mode of dress is casual, shoes, pants and shirts must be worn at all Full Sail-related activities. Discretion, modesty, and good taste are expected at all times.
Appeals
Any disciplinary or administrative action taken according to Full Sail policies may be appealed to an Appeals Committee. Appeals must be submitted in writing to Student Advisors. The Appeals Committee is convened as required by the Director of Advising and consists of no less than ve senior Full Sail administrators including the Program Director for a given students particular program of study.
Attendance
Specic daily attendance is not recorded for online courses, as it would be on campus. Students are required, however, to maintain weekly logins and timely submission of assignments or they may risk being withdrawn for lack of attendance.
Auditing
Graduates of Full Sails Degree Programs may audit (attend without credit) any current course in their degree program with permission of the Director of Student Affairs. Auditing is allowed on an available-seating basis.
Changes
Full Sail reserves the right to affect changes in tuition, textbooks, equipment, administration, schedules, subject matter, faculty and staff, and to teach courses in any order it deems necessary.
296
Evaluations
During courses, students are evaluated on their performance through a series of quizzes, exams, and project evaluations. They are evaluated on theory, technical and practical application, and attitude.
Each students professional skills will be assessed during their tenure with Full Sail in three areas: Learning Environment, Education, and Community.
Learning Environment and Education: The ability to follow the code of conduct set forth in the Full Sail Student Manual (factors including: timeliness, evidencing respect, preparation, alertness/ attentiveness and compliance with Full Sails policies as well as local and federal laws) will ensure that each student maintains a GPS score of 100 percent. Failure to follow any and/or all parts of the Full Sail code of conduct will result in points being deducted from the GPS score. Community: This element represents the ability to add to the GPS score by contributing and participating in events both within Full Sail and throughout the larger community. Events may include: volunteer work, attending designated tutorials or workshops, starting or participating in a community-minded group, or organizing a benevolent fund-raising event.
MASTERS DEGREES
GRADE A+ A B+ B C D F NUMERICAL GRADE 95100 % 9094 % 8589 % 8084 % 7379 % 7072 % 069 % GRADE POINTS 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.0 0.0
Unless otherwise stated in each course syllabus, grades are rounded to the nearest percentage point.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
297
ENC
English Composition
1
Lower (Freshman) Level At This Institution
1
Freshman Composition
0
Freshman Composition Skills
1
Freshman Composition Skills I No laboratory component in this course
AUTHORITY FOR ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIVALENT COURSES Section 1007.24(7), Florida Statutes, states:
Any student who transfers among postsecondary institutions that are fully accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education and that participate in the statewide course numbering system shall be awarded credit by the receiving institution for courses satisfactorily completed by the student at the previous institutions. Credit shall be awarded if the courses are judged by the appropriate statewide course numbering system faculty committees representing school districts, public postsecondary educational institutions, and participating nonpublic postsecondary educational institutions to be academically equivalent to courses offered at the receiving institution, including equivalency of faculty credentials, regardless of the public or nonpublic control of the previous institution. The Department of Education shall ensure that credits to be accepted by a receiving institution are generated in courses for which the faculty possess credentials that are comparable to those required by the accrediting association of the receiving institution. The award of credit may be limited to courses that are entered in the statewide course numbering system. Credits awarded pursuant to this subsection shall satisfy institutional requirements on the same basis as credits awarded to native students.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
298
It is recommended that nancial aid recipients considering an Interruption of Training consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect it will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on IOT, students will not receive nancial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense stipends. Current nancial aid funding may change, and future nancial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional nancial aid application forms based on the timing of their IOT within the nancial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress with a GPA of 1.0 or higher will be granted an IOT. Students not communicating and/or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an ofcial IOT will be dismissed. RETURN FROM INTERRUPTION OF TRAINING Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their IOT to conrm their return. A Return from IOT form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from IOT should conrm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor. LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students under Enrollment Periods as indicated on the Enrollment Agreement are not eligible for an Interruption of Training. They are eligible for a Leave of Absence.
(FOR STUDENTS UNDER ENROLLMENT PERIODS AS INDICATED ON ENROLLMENT AGREEMENT)
of Absence may be granted during a twelve month period. LOAs must be for a minimum of 30 days unless mitigating circumstances warrant 2 weeks. It is recommended that nancial aid recipients considering a Leave of Absence consult their Financial Aid Administrator about the probable effect such leave will have on projected grant and loan disbursements. While on LOA, students will not receive nancial aid disbursements for either tuition payment or living expense sti pends. Current nancial aid funding may change, and future nancial aid eligibility may be delayed and changed by the length of time the student is on a leave. A student may be required to complete additional nancial aid application forms based on the timing of their LOA within the nancial aid period. Only students who maintain satisfactory progress will be granted a Leave of Absence. Students not communicat ing and/ or not returning to school at the scheduled end of an ofcial LOA will be dismissed. RETURN FROM LEAVE OF ABSENCE Students must contact a Student Advisor at least 2 weeks prior to returning from their LOA to conrm their return. A Return from LOA form will be initiated by the Student Advisor, and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Students returning from LOA should conrm clearance to return with their Student Advisor the week prior to start of new classes. Schedules may be accessed through the Propeller site or from a Student Advisor.
Students are required to fulll all nancial obligations before a diploma and nal transcripts are issued. In order to graduate from one of Full Sails graduate degree programs, a student must:
1. 2. 3. 4. Achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 and a minimum attendance rate of 90 percent in each course, Complete all applicable courses within the degree, Not accrue in excess of 1.5 times the credits required to complete the program, Achieve an overall cumulative GPA of 3.0, and
Students are required to fulll all nancial obligations before a diploma and nal transcripts are issued.
Living Expenses
Disbursement of living expense funds due to the student may be withheld or delayed pending receipt of payment for any outstanding account balances owed by the student. Students not actively attending classes may not receive living expense disbursements.
In extenuating circumstances, students may apply for an Interruption of Training (IOT) for 90 days per Academic Year (2 Semesters). Students are required to complete the request form with a Student Advisor, which must include the following information: specic reason for the IOT, date IOT starts (must be equal to rst scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days in an Academic Year).
In extenuating circumstances, students may be permitted to interrupt their training with a Leave of Absence (LOA) of up to 90 days. Students are required to submit a written request for such leave to the Student Advisor. Request forms are available from the Student Advisor and must include the following information: specic reason for the LOA, date LOA starts (must be equal to rst scheduled class day missed), and date of return to classes (cannot exceed 90 days). Only one such Leave
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
299
Re-Entry
Students wishing to re-enter school must contact their Student Advisor. Re-entry will depend on the academic progress made by the student in their previous enrollment at the university. A student who was dismissed or administratively withdrawn by the university may not be eligible for re-entry, depending on the severity of the situation surrounding the withdrawal. To re-enter, a Change of Enrollment (COE) will be initiated by the Student Advisor and/or COE Assessment Team Member and the student must be cleared by all departments before a schedule to return to classes is generated. Re-entry requests must be initiated by the student. Family members may not request a Change of Enrollment (COE) on the students behalf. Any balance of tuition must be paid prior to re-entry. If withdrawn for more than one year, reentering students will be charged the currently applicable tuition price and will be responsible for any increased amounts. Students may receive credit only for the common classes that were passed prior to their withdrawal. Typically, the re-entry process may require students to make appointments with several different departments; therefore, no less than a 30-day notice is required for a standard re-entry. If a student withdraws with plans to immediately re-enter (for example, due to an IOT for more than 90 days), 60 days notice prior to the intended start/enrollment date is required.
Probationary Status
Students who do not meet Full Sail grading, attendance, nancial, or conduct standards may be placed on probation. During this time, students are advised as to the level of improvement or the action necessary to rectify the probationary status. Students are removed from probation when satisfactory progress standards have been met. Students who do not meet satisfactory progress requirements at the end of their probationary period are subject to termination.
All institutional fees will be refunded to students when unopened materials and equipment are returned to Full Sail University. The date from which the refund is calculated is the
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
300
Satisfactory Progress
Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end of each course and at 24 credit hours/32 weeks (which represents the end of the rst academic year). During their rst course, students in degrees with Trial Periods who do not successfully and comprehensively complete 80% of the assignments within the rst two weeks may risk being administratively withdrawn for lack of attendance. Students are graded by periodic examinations, both written and practical, using a standard system of percentages to gauge progress. To successfully complete each course, in an undergraduate program, a student must attain a grade of D or better. To successfully complete each course in a graduate program, a student must attain a grade of C or better. To maintain satisfactory progress in an undergraduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.0 at the end of the rst 25 percent of their program, a 1.5 cumulative grade point average by the midpoint of their program and a 2.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. To maintain satisfactory progress in a graduate program, students must attain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of the rst 25 percent of their program, a 2.5 cumulative grade point average by the mid-point of their program and a 3.0 cumulative grade point average by graduation. Students who fail to meet these standards are placed on probation. This probation is usually for a 90-day period. Those who fail to achieve satisfactory progress after the probationary period may be terminated. This is left to the discretion of the Director of Student Affairs. Mitigating circumstances are taken into consideration. Students are required to follow a predetermined program of study; the school does not offer noncredit remedial courses or a grade of incomplete for a course in an undergraduate degree program.
When a student withdrawal involves the repayment of Title IV funds, Full Sail University returns these funds based semesters. If a student withdraws on or before completing sixty (60) percent of the semester, a portion of the total Title IV funds awarded will be returned. The Return of Title IV Funds calculation may result in the student owing a balance to the Federal Government and, in some cases, to Full Sail University. Refunds are made within thirty (30) days of termination or withdrawal.
Repeat of a Course
Students may repeat a course one time without additional tuition charges, however, if a student withdraws prior to graduation, all weeks of attendance (even repeats for academic failure) will be counted toward the weeks of attendance for percentage of tuition owed. There are some courses in degree programs that a student must complete within two attempts, or that student will be dismissed from the program. This information is provided to the students in the syllabus received on the rst day of those classes.
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
301
Kansas Board of Regents 1000 Southwest Jackson Street, Suite 520 Topeka, KS 66612-1368 http://www.kansasregents.org/resources/PDF/524ComplaintProcedureandForm.pdf Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp
Full Sail University (Online) is registered with the Maryland Higher Education Commission to enroll Maryland students in its fully online distance education programs. If you believe that your concern has not been resolved appropriately by Full Sail University, you may appeal to the Maryland Higher Education Commission (MHEC). Please submit written complaints to:
Associate Director for Private Career Schools Planning and Academic Affairs Maryland Higher Education Commission 6 N. Liberty Street, 10th Floor Baltimore, MD 21201 Telephone 410-767-3301 or 800-974-0203 http://www.mhec.state.md.us/career/pcs/gripe.asp Maryland Attorney General Consumer Protection Division 200 Street Paul Place Baltimore, MD 21202 consumer@oag.state.md.us https://web.oag.state.md.us/editor/customer/ onlineformhelpers/formviewer.aspx?lename= MUGeneral.htm Consumer Protection Hotline: (410) 528-8662
A copy of the Commissions Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting Debbie Mills, Director of Student Affairs.
Minnesota Ofce of Higher Education 1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350 St. Paul, MN 55108-5227 http://www.ohe.state.mn.us/oheContactForm.cfm (email) Wisconsin Educational Approval Board 30 W. Mifin Street, 9th Floor PO Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708 eabmail@eab.state.wi.us http://eab.state.wi.us/resources/complaint.asp
302
Full Sail offers the following campus and online degrees and certicates:
Master of Arts Degrees
New Media Journalism Public Relations
A credit hour/unit chart is incorporated into each course syllabus and includes a breakdown of the total number of units for the academic activities in each respective course.
Graduate Certicates
Education Media Design & Technology Internet Marketing
Certicate
English as a Second Language
GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON
303
enrollment to cancel their enrollment for a full refund, including the application fee. After the three business day cancellation period, all tuition, excluding the application fee, will be refunded to students that drop within the rst ve (5) days of the semester. Refunds will be paid within 30 days of a students ofcial withdrawal. If the University cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the Enrollment Agreement, the University will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Refunds will be calculated for the semester using the following chart:
SEMESTER BY WEEK Week 1 PERCENTAGE OF TUITION REFUNDED 100% 80% 80% 70% 60% 60% 50% 50% 40% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% PERCENTAGE OF SEMESTER COMPLETED 6.25% 12.50% 18.75% 25% 31.25% 37.5% 43.75% 50% 56.25% 62.5% 68.75% 75% 81.25% 87.5% 93.75% 100%
Refunds will be paid within thirty (30) days of a students ofcial withdrawal. If the university cancels or discontinues a course or educational program stated in the enrollment agreement, the university will refund all monies paid for that course or program. Minnesota Full Sail University is registered as a Private Institution with the Minnesota Ofce of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Wisconsin Full Sail University is approved by the Wisconsin Educational Approval Board. Additional information regarding this approval may be obtained by contacting the Educational Approval Board at 30 West Mifin Street, 9th Floor, P.O. Box 8696 Madison, WI 53708-8696, telephone (608) 266-1996. Refunds due to Withdrawal (For Wisconsin Students Enrolled in Online Programs) Full Sail University uses a pro-rata refund policy for Wisconsin residents who are enrolled in online programs. Wisconsin Online students have three (3) business days from the time of
Week 2 Week 3 Week 4 Week 5 Week 6 Week 7 Week 8 Week 9 Week 10 Week 11 Week 12 Week 13 Week 14 Week 15 Week 16
Administration
304
Administratio
Memberships/Affiliations
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Association for Computing Machinery Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities (APSCU) ACM SIGGRAPH Advanced Educational Research Association American Institute of Graphic Arts Alias Global User Association American Academy of Advertising American Bar Association American Counseling Association American Library Association American Management Association American Marketing Association American Society for Group Workers Apple Distinquished Educators Apple University Executive Forum Attention Decit Disorder Association Audio Engineering Society Autodesk User Group Autodesk Education Better Business Bureau Central Florida Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages Commission for Independent Education Educational Theater Association Educause Entertainment Arts and Sports Law Florida Bar Enzian Theater Advisory Board Federal Bar Association Florida Association of Postsecondary Schools and Colleges Florida Bar Association Florida Film Group Florida Institute for Film Education Florida Motion Picture and Television Association Game Developers Conference Hewlett-Packard Artist and Animators of the Future Advisory Council iLL Clan Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers Instructional Technology Council Independent Game Developers Association International Advertising Association Maitland Art Center Modern Language Association Music and Entertainment Industry Educators Association National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences National Association of Broadcasters National Association of Latino Independent Producers National Association of Women Business Owners National Association of Recording Merchandisers National Council for Teachers of English National Systems Contractors Association New Media Consortium North American Council of Online Learning Orlando Advertising Federation Orlando Chamber of Commerce Orlando Museum of Art Orlando Science Center Otronicon Professional Educators Network of Florida Professional Photoshop User Group Project Management Institute Project Zero with Harvard University State Educational Technology Directors Association Search Engine Marketing Professional Organization Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers Society of Professional Audio Recording Studios Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages The National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences Winter Park Chamber of Commerce Winter Park Hospital Women in Film and Television
Governing Body
Full Sail University is a ctitious name registered by Full Sail, Inc., organized and chartered under the laws of the State of Florida. The address of the governing body is the same as that of the school.
Co-Chairmen/CEOs
Ed Haddock Bill Heavener Jon Phelps
Education Directors
Vice President, Academic Affairs Vice President, Academic Innovation Vice President, Education Operations Director of Education Compliance Director of Graduate Studies Director of Student Affairs Director of Academic Success GE NE RAL I NF ORM AT I ON Administration
305
SM
Full Sail University 3300 University Boulevard Winter Park, FL 32792-7429 Toll Free: 800.226.7625 Local/International: 407.679.6333 fullsail.edu
Accredited University, ACCSC. Financial Aid available for those who qualify. Career development assistance.